Skip to main content

Full text of "Celebrating America's cultural diversity : projects supported by state and regional arts agencies and the National Endowment for the Arts"

See other formats


*1  f.  ■ 


"■V>.4-ii:(l 


■*-vV 


.« 


f, 


""'tft'W'i"  ■'■'£ii'  ti 

lMJ''''''l'*l"'l.li.'l' 


''  *■.*# 


mipi^'^^^ 


Celebrating  America's  Cultural  Diversity 


Projects  Supported  by 

State  and  Regional  Arts  Agencies  and  the 

National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 


*^'™- 


Published  by  the  National  Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agencies 
in  cooperation  with  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 


The  National  Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agencies  (NASAA)  is  the 
membership  organization  of  the  nation's  state  and  jurisdictional  arts 
agencies.  The  members,  through  NASAA,  participate  in  the  estab- 
lishment of  national  arts  policy  and  advocate  the  importance  of  the 
diverse  arts  and  cultures  of  the  United  States.  NASAA  serves  as  the 
focus  of  communication  and  partnership  between  the  state  arts 
agencies,  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  and  both  arts  and 
government  service  organizations.  NASAA  provides  its  member 
agencies  with  professional  and  leadership  opportunities,  as  well  as 
information  to  assist  them  in  decision  making  and  management. 

The  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  (NEA),  an  independent 
agency  of  the  federal  government,  was  created  in  1965  to  encourage 
and  assist  the  nation's  cultural  resources.  The  NEA  is  advised  by  the 
National  Council  on  the  Arts,  a  presidentially  appointed  body  com- 
posed of  the  chairman  of  the  endowment  and  26  distinguished  pri- 
vate citizens  who  are  widely  recognized  for  their  expertise  or  interest 
in  the  arts.  The  council  advises  the  endowment  on  policies,  pro- 
grams and  procedures,  in  addition  to  making  recommendations  on 
grant  applications. 


Copyright  ©  1993  by  the  National  Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agencies. 
All  rights  reserved. 

This  publication  was  produced  under  a  cooperative  agreement 
between  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  (NEA)  and  the 
Nanonal  Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agencies  (NASAA). 


Editor: 

Associate  Editor: 
Assistant  Editor: 

Cover  Design: 
Interior  Design: 


Laura  Costello,  NASAA 

Andi  Mathis,  NEA 

Jill  Hauser-Field,  NASAA 

Kinetik  Communication  Graphics,  Inc. 
Laura  Costello,  in  collaboration  with  Kinetik 


Excerpt  from  "Junebug/Jack"  \iscA  with  permission  of  Roadside 
Theater.  Copyright  ©  1991.  All  rights  reserved. 

Front  cover:  Photo  by  Cedric  Chatterley 

For  further  information  about  this  publication  contact  the  National 
Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agencies,  1010  Vermont  Avenue,  Suite  920, 
Washington,  DC  20005,  202-347-6352. 

Printed  on  recycled  paper  with  soybean  ink.  ^&  ^<>  I©£wim'k1 


Acknowledgements 


In  bringing  this  book  to  fruition,  we  benefitted 
greatly  fi-om  the  collective  wisdom  and  experi- 
ence of  many  individuals,  to  whom  we  would 
like  to  extend  our  gratitude. 

Edward  Dickey,  State  and  Regional  Program 
director  at  the  NEA,  offered  an  overall  vision  for  this 
book,  in  addition  to  imflagging  encouragement  and  en- 
thusiasm, for  which  we  are  appreciative.  Our  advisor)^ 
group  provided  insight  and  expertise  beginning  with  the 
initial  selection  of  chapter  themes  and  continuing 
throughout  the  editorial  process.  From  the  NEA  we 
thank  Patrice  Powell,  Expansion  Arts  Program  acting  di- 
rector; Daniel  Sheehy,  Folk  Arts  Program  director;  Philip 
Kopper,  Publications  direaor.  We  also  thank  Pamela 
Holt,  DC  Commission  on  the  Arts  and  Humanities  ex- 
ecutive director. 

State  and  regional  arts  agency  staff  around  the 
coimtry  provided  wise  cotmsel  and  contributed  gener- 
otisly  of  their  time  and  energy  to  help  shape  the  various 
chapters.  In  particular,  we  would  like  to  recognize 
Martha  Dodson  and  Kathleen  Mimdell  of  the  Maine 
Arts  Commission  and  Regina  Smith  of  the  Indiana  Arts 
Commission  for  their  contributions.  From  the  many  arts 
and  cultural  organizations  featured  in  these  chapters,  we 


extend  thanks  to  Theresa  Hoffman  of  the  Penobscot  Na- 
tion and  Julia  Olin,  associate  director  of  the  National 
Coimcil  for  the  Traditional  Arts,  for  their  willingness  to 
read  and  respond. 

Many  thanks  also  to  Jill  Hatiser-Field  for  her 
invaluable  editorial  assistance,  especially  in  the  creation  of 
chapter  10,  to  which  Erika  Seo,  an  intern  in  the  State 
and  Regional  Program,  contributed  preliminary  research. 


Laura  L.  Costello 

Editor 

National  Assembly  of 

State  Arts  Agencies 


AndiMathis 
Program  Analyst 
National  Etidowment 
for  the  Arts 


Table  of  Contents 


Acknowledgements 

Foreword 

Introduction 

1  Diversity  in  the  Desert  8 

Nevada — surveying  the  unique  and  traditional  arts  of  Las  Vegas 
by  Andrea  Graham 

2  The  Newcomers  Project  in  New  England  16 

NEFA —  preserving  cultural  traditions  by  helping  refugee  artists 
develop  and  hone  their  presentation  skills  for  new  American  audiences 

by  Michael  Levine 

3  The  Down  Home  Doirylond  Saga  24 

Wisconsin — serving  traditional  and  ethnic  musicians  of  Wisconsin 
and  the  upper  Midwest  through  a  state  arts  agency  radio  show 

by  Richard  March 

4  Creative  Marriages: 

Traditional  Arts  Apprenticeships  30 

American  Samoa/Washington,  DC/Missouri — transmitting 
cultural  practices  through  the  master/ apprentice  relationship 
by  Bess  Lomax  Hawes  and  Barry  Bergey 

5  Culture  and  Science  Join  to  Save 

Maine  Indian  Basketry  38 

Maine — working  together  to  save  the  endangered  brown  ash 
tree  used  by  Maine's  tribal  basketmakers 
by  Wayne  Curtis 


6  Strengthening  Organizations  to  Fulfill 

Community  Needs  46 

Ohio/Pennsylvania/Indiana — helping  arts  organizations 
develop  their  capabilities  to  meet  their  communities'  needs 

by  John  Rufus  Caleb 

7  The  Age-Old  Ritual  of  Storytelling  56 

North  Carolina/Mississippi — celebrating  local  culture  as  the 
basis  for  community  cultural  planning  and  arts  development 

by  Nayo  Barbara  Malcolm  Watkins 

8  Building  Bridges  in  Education 

Through  Folk  Arts  66 

Idaho/Rhode  Island — integrating  folk  arts  education  through 
classroom  arts  programs 
by  Julie  Fanselow 

9  A  Celebration  of  Life  Through  Words, 

Music,  Song  and  Dance  72 

California — honoring  traditional  art  forms  from  around  the 
world  that  are  novi^  a  part  of  California's  cultural  landscape 

by  Margarito  Nieto  and  Mark  Cianca 

10  Additional  State  and  Regional  Arts  Agency 

Initiatives  In  Support  of  Cultural  Diversity  80 

The  states  and  regions  not  highlighted  in  the  previous 
chapters  describe  their  programs 

edited  by  Jill  Hamer-Field 


Foreword 


Over  the  past  several  years  the  cultural  diversity 
documented  by  census  takers  and  demogra- 
phers has  resulted  in  an  increasing  public 
awareness  of  the  tremendous  wealth  to  be  found  in 
America's  vast  and  growing  number  of  culturally  specific 
communities.  The  music,  dance,  crafts,  visual  arts,  the- 
ater, literature  and  storytelling  of  culturally  diverse 
groups  have  the  power  to  renew  community  spirit, 
stimulate  economic  activity,  create  bridges  of  under- 
standing between  cultures,  instill  discipline  and  self- 
worth  and  unite  generations. 

Celebrating  America's  Cultural  Diversity  fol- 
lows A  Rural  Arts  Sampler,  which  was  published  last  year 
to  document  some  of  the  ways  in  which  the  fifty-six  state 
and  jurisdictional  arts  agencies  and  their  seven  regional 
organizations  promote  the  arts  in  rural  areas  with  support 
from  the  Narional  Endowment  for  the  Arts  (NEA).  It 
will  be  followed  in  turn  by  a  publication — to  be  entitled 
Part  of  the  Solution — highlighting  our  joint  efforts  to  in- 
vest in  arts  projects  that  address  pressing  social  needs. 
This  series  of  publications  is  intended  to  share  successful 
strategies  and  illustrate  a  few  of  the  ways  in  which  these 
agencies  work  together  to  support  projects  that  are  mak- 
ing a  positive  difference  in  people's  lives  throughout  the 
United  States. 


Support  for  this  diversity  of  cultures  is  and 
must  be  a  fijndamental  purpose  of  the  public  arts  agen- 
cies. Indeed  the  NEA's  enabling  legislation  declares  it  "is 
vital  to  a  democracy  to  honor  and  preserve  its  multicul- 
tural heritage"  and  links  this  support  to  "the  fostering  of 
mutual  respect  for  the  diverse  beliefs  and  values  of  all 
persons  and  groups."  The  stories  that  follow  document 
some  of  the  rewards  we  all  realize  by  investing  in  Ameri- 
can culture  through  public  arts  agencies. 


Jonathan  Katz 
Executive  Director 
National  Assembly  of 
State  Arts  Agencies 


Edward  Dickey 

Director 

State  and  Regional  Program 

National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 


Introduction 


For  the  next  few  years,  one  of  the  most 
important  agenda  items  that  both  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  (NEA)  and 
the  state  and  territorial  arts  agencies  share  is  support  for 
the  creative  spectrum  of  ctiltural  diversit)^  as  it  relates  to 
the  development  of  our  country. 

In  less  than  20  years  approximately  one-third 
of  the  American  population  wiU  be  African  American, 
Native  American,  Hispanic  American  or  Asian  Ameri- 
can. This  faa  signals  either  a  tremendotis  problem  or  an 
extraordinary  opportunity  for  the  nation,  depending  on 
what  we  as  a  country  elect  to  do.  Our  failure  to  experi- 
ence and  understand  that  diversity — the  variety  of  vi- 
sions and  traditions  that  shape  our  own  and  otir  neigh- 
bor's life — can  frustrate  our  every  collective  attempt  to 
improve  our  society.  In  the  face  of  American  society  we 
must  recognize  our  own  cultural  features  and  those  of 


our  neighbors. 


I  am  of  the  opinion  that  cultural  policy,  as 
carried  forth  by  the  NEA  and  the  state  arts  agencies,  can 
represent  the  best  opportunity  we  have  for  the  recogni- 
tion and  celebration  of  diversity.  These  agencies  are  posi- 
tioned to  play  a  pivotal  role  in  the  process  of  document- 
ing and  recording  the  enormotis  creative  energy  that 
exists  within  their  various  racial  and  ethnic  groupings. 


These  agencies  also  have  the  power  to  enhance  attempts 
by  various  groups  to  interpret  and  reinterpret  what  this 
new  world  means  to  each  of  them. 

Programs  such  as  the  ones  illtistrated  in  this 
book  represent  some  of  the  outstanding  cultural  experi- 
ences that  the  NEA  and  the  state  arts  agencies  nurture 
and  stistain.  These  experiments  can  gtiide  the  nation  on 
new  paths  of  imagination  and  social  experimentation, 
and  in  turn  could  be  used  by  other  nations  as  an  example 
of  what  can  occur  within  a  diverse  population. 

And,  should  anyone  argue  that  the  develop- 
ment of  such  policies  and  programs  would  cost  too 
much  or  take  too  long,  I  would  simply  point  out  that 
programs  such  as  Expansion  Arts  and  Folk  Arts  at  the 
federal  level,  and  rural  arts  initiatives  and  culmral  diver- 
sity programming  at  the  state  level,  have  been  working  in 
this  field  for  many  years  and  performing  brilliantly. 

Constructive  participator)'  programs  that 
share  the  wealth  of  our  nation's  cultural  diversity  will 
gready  reduce  the  likelihood  of  a  repeat  of  the  upheavals 
we  witnessed  in  Los  Angeles  and  replace  this  scenario 
with  a  thousand  examples  of  hope  and  promise  as  illus- 
trated here  in  Celebrating  Amoica's  Cultural  Diversity. 

William  E.  Strickland,  Jr. 

Member,  National  Council  on  the  Arts 


ijus     Diversity  in  the  Desert:  The  Las  Vegas  Folk  Arts  Project 


The  neon  glow  of  downtown  Las  Vegas  gives  little  hint  of  the  cultural  diversity  to  be 
found  within  this  sprawling,  all-night  city. 
Photo  by  Blanton  Owen 


by  Andrea  Graham 


Where  else  but  Las  Vegas  would  you  find  a 
Jewish  cantor  who  rides  a  unicycle  in  a  ca- 
sino show?  It  seems  like  an  awkward  com- 
bination, but  for  Gary  Golbart  it  hasn't  been  a  problem 
reconciling  a  life  of  traditional  religious  faith  and  leader- 
ship with  the  life  of  an  entertainer.  In  fact,  there  are  some 
commonalities,  and  he  calls  the  Friday-night  temple  ser- 
vices a  show  in  their  own  right.  For  Jews  in  Europe  years 
ago,  it  was  "the  greatest  entertainment  they  ever  saw,"  he 
says.  "I  see  myself  as  that  extension." 

Golbart  is  currendy  the  full-time  cantor  for 
Temple  Beth  Am  in  Las  Vegas,  but  is  still  involved  in  a 
local  mtisical  theater  group  after  nearly  twenty  years  as  a 
performer  and  producer  with  several  of  the  Strip  casino 
extravaganzas.  In  his  home  town  of  St.  Louis,  he  studied 
gymnastics,  theater  and  music,  as  well  as  apprenticed  to  a 
cantor.  On  a  vacation  trip  to  Vegas  Golbart  chanced  into 
a  job  as  an  acrobat.  Fie  soon  became  the  show's  lead 
singer  and  master  of  ceremonies,  toured  the  world  as  part 
of  a  imicycle  act  and  eventually  became  entertainment 
director  at  the  Dunes  and  the  Stardust.  All  the  while  he 
was  also  deeply  involved  in  a  local  Jewish  congregation, 
conducting  services  and  leading  the  singing.  One  year 
the  two  sides  of  Golbart's  life  came  together  when  he 
conduaed  Fiigh  Holiday  services  at  the  Dunes.  "Only  in 
Las  Vegas  could  I  be  head  of  the  most  famous  topless 
show  in  the  world  and  still  have  my  Friday  nights  and 
daven  (pray)  and  put  on  tefillin  (leather  boxes  containing 
scripture  passages)  .  . .  I'm  comfortable  in  both  worlds." 


A  History  of  Diversity 

"Only  in  Las  Vegas"  is  a  familiar  refrain  in  the  city  most 
people  associate  with  gambling  and  glamour.  Usually 
they  are  referring  to  the  town's  24-hour  life-style,  where 
you  can  get  a  hamburger  at  three  in  the  morning  with  no 
trouble;  or  the  fact  that  there  are  erupting  volcanoes  and 


talking  statues  and  medieval  jousting  tournaments 
around  every  corner;  or  the  idea  that  you  can  do  things  in 
Vegas  you  wouldn't  dream  of  getting  away  with  at  home. 
But  there  are  other,  subtler,  "only  in  Vegas"  scenes,  like 
Cubans  making  hand-rolled  cigars  at  a  shop  on  the  Strip, 
or  a  Paraguayan  harpist  playing  in  a  Mexican  restaurant, 
or  a  Thai  Buddhist  temple  in  the  middle  of  the  desert. 
Maybe  these  things  stand  out  because  they  are  signs  of 
real  life  in  a  city  most  people  treat  as  a  stage  set,  or  a 
Disneyland  for  adults. 

Nevada  has  long  had  an  undeserved  reputa- 
tion as  a  cultural  wasteland.  In  the  rural  areas,  the  dry, 
forbidding  landscape  has  been  equated  with  an  equally 
desiccated  arts  scene;  in  the  cities  of  Reno  and  Las  Vegas 
the  overpowering  neon  glow  of  the  tourism  and  enter- 
tainment industries  has  blinded  outsiders  to  more  sub- 
stantial cidtural  goings-on.  Nevada  has  always  been  a 
place  people  passed  through  on  the  way  to  somewhere 
else;  the  few  who  did  stop  off  were  usually  looking  for 
quick  riches  in  the  gold  and  silver  fields  and  left  again 
with  the  inevitable  bust.  But  there  were  some  who 
stopped  and  stayed,  who  "stuck,"  as  Wallace  Stegner  says. 

The  travelers  and  those  who  stuck  have  always 
been  a  diverse  lot.  In  the  late  1800s,  for  example,  Nevada 
had  the  highest  percentage  of  foreign-born  residents  of 
any  state  in  the  union.  The  state  has  also  always  been  a 
highly  urban  place,  rather  than  agrarian,  since  its  mining 
camps  and  railroad  towns  were  industrially  based  and 
linked  by  transportation  and  communication  networks  to 
the  rest  of  the  coimtry  and  the  world.  Etiropean  immi- 
grants from  Germany,  Italy,  Greece,  Ireland,  France  and 
other  countries  quickly  assimilated  into  the  dominant 
culture  because  they  were  part  of  small,  close-knit  com- 
munities and  they  had  to  cooperate  to  survive.  European 
cidtural  diversity  soon  metamorphosed  into  a  unified 
community.  Other  minority  groups  in  early  Nevada 


< 


(D 

(A 

(D 


n 

(D_ 
(D 

Q 

5' 

CQ 
> 

3 
n' 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


< 


didn't  fare  as  well,  notably  the  Native  Americans  and 
Chinese,  who  were  kept  in  segregated  communities  and 
given  only  menial  jobs. 

Today  Nevada  remains  one  of  the  most  urban 
states  (although  it  is  one  of  the  smallest  in  total  popula- 
tion and  one  of  the  largest  in  area)  with  83  percent  of  the 
population  living  in  the  two  large  cities  of  Reno  and  Las 
Vegas.  The  dramatic  growth  of  Las  Vegas  in  the  last  ten 
years,  during  which  the  population  doubled  to  800,000, 
has  meant  an  even  greater  growth  in  diversity.  The  Afri- 
can American,  Latino  and  Asian/Pacific  Island  popula- 
tions are  exploding  in  a  city  and  a  state  that  were  90  per- 
cent white  for  most  of  their  history,  and  diversity  is 
becoming  a  major  issue. 


We  Are  All  Pioneers 
The  Nevada  State  Council  on  the  Arts  (NSCA)  has  al- 
ways tried  to  encourage  and  support  diverse  organiza- 
tions and  programs,  but  until  recently  they  were  few  and 
far  between.  In  the  cultural  community,  mainstream  or- 
ganizations are  now  scrambling  to  include  a  broader  rep- 
resentation of  cultures  in  their  performances,  exhibits 
and  programs,  and  on  their  boards  and  staffs.  Grass-roots 
organizations  based  in  diverse  cultures  are  also  starting  to 
come  together  to  promote  their  own  art  forms. 

In  1985  NSCA  established  a  Folk  Arts  Pro- 
gram to  reach  constituents  not  served  by  other  arts  coun- 
cil programs  and  to  address  the  needs  of  traditional  and 
culturally  diverse  communities.  The  Folk  Arts  Program  is 
often  the  arts  council's  first  contact  with  non-main- 
stream, minority  and  ethnic  groups,  and  is  seen  as  a  way 
to  build  relationships  that  can  later  broaden  into  other 
areas  of  the  arts  as  well.  NSCA's  first  folk  arts  projects 
were  in  rural  areas  because  they  were  the  least-served,  had 
the  fewest  resources  and  were  the  simplest  to  work  with. 
The  field  of  folklore  has  also  historically  been  biased  to- 


ward rural  art  forms,  and  the  most  obviously  unique  Ne- 
vada cultures  are  cowboys  and  Indians,  so  that  seemed 
the  logical  place  to  start.  Projects  in  the  first  five  years  of 
the  program  included  two  rural  county  folk  arts  surveys, 
with  resulting  festivals,  exhibits  and  publications;  a  slide- 
tape  show  on  everyday  traditions  of  ranch  life;  a  series  of 
radio  shows;  and  folk  ans  apprenticeships  in  Native 
American  and  cowboy  arts. 

But  you  can't  live  in  Nevada  and  ignore  Las 
Vegas,  so  the  next  logical  project  was  a  survey  of  tradi- 
tional arts  and  artists  there.  The  Las  Vegas  Folk  Arts  Sur- 
vey was  a  two-year  project  begun  in  the  summer  of  1991 
and  fiinded  with  grants  from  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts  Folk  Arts  Program.  With  NSCA's  earlier 
projects  in  rural  areas  there  usually  were  no  existing  cul- 
tural agencies  to  work  with,  and  the  projects  were  small 
enough  that  the  arts  council  could  do  them  alone.  In  Las 
Vegas,  however,  there  were  solid  organizations  that  had 
established  track  records  of  folk  arts  programming,  an  in- 
terest in  doing  more  and  the  vital  community  connec- 
tions and  resources  that  are  necessary  for  a  such  a  large 
undertaking.  Both  the  City  of  Las  Vegas  and  Clark 
County  have  active  cultural  aflFairs  offices,  and  both  were 
very  interested  in  learning  about  local  traditional  arts  and 
artists;  the  Nevada  State  Museum  and  Historical  Society 
was  searching  for  ways  to  make  community  connections; 
and  KUNV  Public  Radio  at  the  University  of  Nevada 
Las  Vegas  was  already  providing  diverse  community  pro- 
gramming. All  of  these  organizations  committed  time 
and  money  to  the  project,  and  their  knowledge  of  local 
groups  and  individuals  was  invaluable  to  an  out-of-town 
folklorist. 

The  first  year  of  the  project  was  spent  learning 
as  much  as  possible  about  Las  Vegas  in  general,  and  con- 
ducting fieldwork  with  the  traditional  communities  and 
the  artists  who  have  made  the  city  their  home.  Although 


Glass-bender  Mark  Willerr  is  one  of  the  many  artisans 
discovered  during  the  folk  arts  sun-ey  conducted  b}'  the 

Nevada  State  Council  on  the  Arts. 
Photo  bv  Russell  Frank 


o 


3 

CQ 

> 

3 
fl> 

n' 

n 

c 
c" 

-n 
Q 


< 

CD 


^ 


Statistically  an  urban  area  with  urban  amenities,  Las  Ve- 
gas is  actually  a  huge  suburb.  It  is  very  new,  growing  rap- 
idly, laid  out  in  sprawling  subdivisions  and  strip  shop- 
ping malls,  and  is  generally  a  classic  example  of  the  new 
American  automobile-based  city.  Such  places  are  not 
known  for  nurturing  a  sense  of  community  that  would 
support  traditional  art  forms.  Add  to  that  the  over- 
whelming culture  of  tourism  and  gambling,  and  any  sane 
folklorist  would  run  back  to  the  sticks. 

But  the  same  elements  that  make  Las  Vegas 
difficult  for  a  cultural  worker  also  make  it  a  fascinating 
challenge.  Las  Vegas  is  still  in  the  process  of  becoming. 
People  are  arriving  from  every  state  in  the  union  and  ev- 
ery country  in  the  world,  and  those  who  stay  will  deter- 
mine what  kind  of  place  it  becomes.  What  are  they 
bringing  with  them?  What  attitudes  and  cultural  styles 
and  art  forms  are  they  mixing  into  the  stew  of  Vegas? 
How  are  they  adapting  to  Las  Vegas's  unique  environ- 
ment? How  are  they  making  it  home?  In  such  a  new 
place,  everyone  has  a  chance  to  contribute.  As  Cantor 
Golbart  says,  "We  are  all  pioneers  out  here." 

#  Behind  the  Neon 

Still,  doing  folklore  fieldwork  in  Vegas  is  not  easy,  as 
NSCA  folklorist  Andrea  Graham  and  contract  field- 
workers  Lesley  Williams  and  Russell  Frank  found  out. 
Requests  for  information  about  folk  artists  were  met  with 
blank  stares,  and  dead  ends  and  false  leads  abounded.  Ex- 
cept for  the  black  community  (which  was  segregated 
from  its  beginnings  in  the  1940s),  people  have  not 
settled  in  old-fashioned  ethnic  neighborhoods,  and  the 
city's  newness  and  mobility  mean  that  people  don't 
know  each  other  yet,  even  within  a  cultural  group.  Resi- 
dents are  also  busy  getting  settled  and  making  a  living, 
often  working  night  shifts  in  the  24-hour  service-ori- 
ented economy,  and  so  they  haven't  had  time  to  main- 


tain elements  of  their  traditional  culture. 

However,  there  are  signs  that  members  of  eth- 
nic and  cultural  groups  are  starting  to  find  each  other 
and  are  expressing  a  desire  to  present  and  pass  on  their 
arts,  especially  to  their  children.  For  example,  no  fewer 
than  three  cultural  organizations  have  formed  in  the 
black  community  in  the  last  few  years,  with  overlapping 
interests  in  researching  the  history  of  blacks  in  Vegas,  or- 
ganizing cultural  classes  for  kids  and  presenting  an  Afri- 
can American  cultural  festival.  A  Thailand  Nevada  Asso- 
ciation was  formed  primarily  to  promote  economic 
development,  but  it  also  sponsors  social  events  that  in- 
clude music  and  classical  dance.  The  Nevada  Association 
of  Latin  Americans  supports  plans  for  a  museum  of 
Latino  culture  and  arts,  as  well  as  providing  social  ser- 
vices for  the  Latino  community.  The  Las  Vegas  Indian 
Center  provides  job  training  and  other  services,  and  a 
corner  of  its  lobby  houses  a  store  where  urban  Indians 
can  sell  beadwork,  weaving  and  other  crafts.  The  Japa- 
nese American  Citizens'  League  would  like  to  sponsor 
classes  in  Taiko  drumming  with  a  master  artist  who  has 
moved  to  town.  Many  of  these  groups  get  numerous  re- 
quests for  programs  from  schools.  They  would  like  to  do 
more  in  the  way  of  passing  their  culture  to  their  own 
young  people,  as  well  as  to  the  wider  public,  but  they 
need  money  and  assistance  in  organizing. 

Individual  artists  are  also  struggling  to  main- 
tain their  culture,  usually  while  holding  ftill-time  jobs. 
The  members  of  a  South  American  musical  group  can't 
find  rehearsal  space  and  have  been  practicing  outdoors  in 
local  parks;  they  can't  practice  in  their  apartments  and 
community  center  space  is  overbooked,  though  they 
couldn't  afford  even  the  minimal  fees  anyway.  A  Navajo 
silversmith  travels  to  craft  shows  on  weekends  because  he 
can't  sell  his  work  for  what  it's  worth  in  Las  Vegas,  and 
dealers  take  too  high  a  commission.  A  Navajo  weaver  has 


similar  problems  and  sells  mostly  by  word  of  mouth, 
which  means  she  gets  to  keep  all  the  money,  but  she  has 
less  exposure.  A  Thai  classical  dancer  performed  in  public 
in  Las  Vegas  for  the  first  time  in  April,  and  was  so  good 
people  thought  he  had  come  fi-om  Los  Angeles;  by  Sep- 
tember he  had  20  students  and  was  swamped  with 
requests  to  perform,  but  he  had  to  fit  in  teaching  and 
performing  between  his  two  jobs.  Two  Paraguayan  mtisi- 
cians,  a  harpist  and  a  guitarist/singer,  perform  in  a  Mexi- 
can restaurant  six  nights  a  week,  but  have  had  to  tailor 
their  music  to  popular  taste  and  play  coimdess  renditions 
of  "La  Bamba;"  they  at  least  can  make  a  living  with  their 
music,  although  not  in  the  way  they  might  prefer. 

Many  of  these  traditional  an  forms  and  simi- 
lar difficult  situations  could  occur  in  any  large  city,  and 
in  many  ways  Las  Vegas  is  "just  like  anywhere  else,"  as 
the  locals  are  fond  of  explaining.  Yet  Vegas  is  also  unde- 
niably different  because  of  the  casino  culture,  which  per- 
vades the  city's  whole  reason  for  being.  Most  jobs  are  tied 
either  direcdy  or  indirectly  to  gaming,  totirism  and  enter- 
tainment. Tourists  don't  come  to  town  for  the  history  or 
culture,  so  it  is  difficult  for  ctilttiral  organizations  to  rely 
on  them  for  an  audience  and  for  artists  to  make  a  living. 


Only  in  Vegas 

From  a  folklorist's  point  of  view,  the  gaming  and  tour- 
ism businesses  provide  an  entire  new  constellation  of  oc- 
cupational subctilttires  with  rich  traditions  of  their  own. 
Craps  dealers  have  a  huge  vocabulary  of  specialized  terms 
and  expressions  that  are  made  up  daily  and  played  with 
on  the  job,  sometimes  to  refer  to  specific  bets  or  situa- 
tions, and  sometimes  to  commimicate  without  players 
knowing  what  is  being  said.  For  example,  when  the  dice 
bounce  off  the  table  and  land  on  the  wooden  rim,  invali- 
dating the  play,  a  stickman  might  say  "Don't  pay  the 
cash,  it's  in  the  ash,"  "Found  a  perch  in  the  birch," 


"Can't  call  it  fo'  ya,  it's  in  the  sequoia,"  "No  joke,  it's  in 
the  oak,"  or  "No  number,  in  the  lumber."  This  tise  of 
language  keeps  a  game  lively,  and  forms  a  sense  of  com- 
munity and  creativity  among  the  four  dealers  working  a 
game — it  adds  a  human  touch  to  the  increasingly  corpo- 
rate structure  of  the  casinos.  And  even  in  the  fast-paced 
casino  world,  dealers  lament  the  passing  of  the  good  old 
days  and  tell  sentimental  stories  about  how  much  better 
it  used  to  be. 

Vegas  entertainers  also  have  a  host  of  tradi- 
tions: the  good  and  bad  luck  beliefs  of  dancers  and 
showgirls,  the  trading  of  tricks  and  patter  among  magi- 
cians. Las  Vegas  jokes  made  up  and  passed  on  by  come- 
dians. Even  the  neon  signs  that  are  Las  Vegas's  most  vis- 
ible identifying  characteristic  have  traditions  behind 
them.  The  art  of  the  "glass-benders"  who  make  the  signs 
has  many  similarities  to  other  craft  traditions.  The  neces- 
sary skills  are  usually  learned  through  apprenticeship 
with  an  experienced  sign  maker,  and  anyone  in  the  busi- 
ness will  tell  you  that  the  process  can  never  be  mecha- 
nized— it  will  always  involve  huinan  skill  and  judge- 
ment. What  many  glass-benders  like  most  is  that  their 
work  is  up  in  public  for  everyone  to  see;  they  enjoy  driv- 
ing by  a  huge  casino,  looking  up  and  pointing  out  their 
creations  to  their  kids  and  out-of-town  visitors.  As  glass- 
bender  Mark  WiUett  says,  "One  hundred  years  from 
now  I'll  be  gone,  but  my  neon'll  still  be  up  there.  If 
you're  going  to  put  up  some  neon,  it's  nice  to  know  it's 
up  in  Vegas." 

The  traditions  of  the  variety  of  workers  who 
make  Las  Vegas  nm  add  to  the  cultural  diversity  of  the 
city  just  as  much  as  ethnic  arts  do,  and  need  to  be  recog- 
nized, studied  and  shared  in  the  same  way.  In  fact,  in 
planning  public  presentations  of  local  traditions,  they 
may  be  even  more  of  an  attraction  for  tourists  than  what 
is  usually  thought  of  as  folk  an  because  they  are  unique 


< 


3- 

0> 

o 


to  Las  Vegas,  and  can  give  a  glimpse  into  the  daily  life  of 
the  locals. 


n 

CD_ 
(D 

D" 

—^ 

Q 

5" 
ca 

> 

3 

(D 
o' 

n 

c 
c" 

—I 
Q 


< 

CD 


Cultivating  the  Garden 
As  part  of  the  first  year  of  the  Las  Vegas  Folk  Arts  Survey 
there  were  two  public  presentations  of  traditional  arts. 
The  Cultural  Affairs  Division  of  the  Clark  County  De- 
partment of  Parks  and  Recreation  sponsored  a  small  ex- 
hibit of  local  folk  crafts,  including  Ukrainian  Easter  eggs, 
Japanese  embroidery,  neon  signs,  Polish  papercuts,  Ha- 
waiian feather  leis  and  African  American  quilts.  The  ex- 
hibit proved  to  be  one  of  the  most  popular  that  the  com- 
munity center  gallery  had  hosted;  an  opening  with 
Hawaiian  dance  and  lei-making,  and  three  weekend 
demonstrations  by  featured  crafi:speople  also  attracted 
sizeable  crowds.  The  Cultural  and  Community  Affairs 
Branch  of  the  Las  Vegas  Department  of  Recreation  and 
Leisure  Activities  presented  an  evening  performance  of 
music  and  dance  from  four  Las  Vegas  communities — 
African  American,  Native  American,  Hawaiian  and 
South  American — ^which  was  also  well-received. 

The  final  product  of  the  survey's  first  year  was 
a  folk  arts  cultural  plan,  which  contains  an  overview  of 
Las  Vegas  folk  arts  and  recommendations  for  their  con- 
tinued support.  The  major  cultural  agencies  in  the 
area — the  city  and  county,  the  library  system,  the  state 
museum,  the  children's  museum,  the  local  arts  council 
and  the  school  district — are  all  interested  in  presenting 
local  traditional  artists  in  their  facilities  and  programs, 
but  need  assistance  to  locate  and  communicate  with  folk 
artists  and  communities.  The  growing  number  of  grass- 
roots ethnic  and  cultural  groups  want  a  wider  audience, 
but  need  help  in  organizing  and  raising  money.  Both  the 
cultural  agencies  and  the  grass-roots  groups  are  willing  to 
forge  partnerships  to  get  things  done,  and  in  fact  several 
such  team  efforts  are  already  happening.  For  example,  a 


Hawaiian/Pacific  Island  festival  co-sponsored  by  the  city 
and  the  Hawaiian  Club  has  been  very  successful,  with 
the  city  contributing  the  use  of  a  park  and  stage  and  the 
club  doing  the  programming. 

The  report's  main  recommendation  was  that 
a  full-time  folklorist  for  Las  Vegas/Clark  County  would 
be  the  best  way  to  guarantee  continued  support  for  the 
traditional  arts.  There  is  still  an  enormous  need  for  field- 
work  to  locate  and  document  artists  and  communities; 
NSCA's  survey  has  barely  scratched  the  surface.  There  is 
also  demand  for  technical  assistance  by  grass-roots  orga- 
nizations and  artists,  program  guidance  for  mainstream 
organizations  wanting  to  include  local  traditional  arts, 
and  communication  among  all  groups  to  improve  access 
to  resources  and  reduce  duplication  of  efforts. 

During  the  second  year  of  the  Las  Vegas  Folk 
Arts  Project,  NSCA  will  work  with  the  four  co-sponsor- 
ing organizations  to  present  a  two-day  folklife  festival  in 
May  of  1 993  in  a  city  park,  organize  a  larger  exhibit  of 
craft  traditions  at  the  Nevada  State  Museum  and  His- 
torical Society  and  publish  an  illustrated  book  with  essays 
by  the  two  NSCA  field-workers  on  aspects  of  Las  Vegas 
folklore.  With  the  inclusion  of  artists  from  all  groups, 
and  the  help  of  numerous  ethnic  and  community  clubs 
in  planning  and  carrying  out  the  events,  the  festival  has 
the  potential  to  become  a  real  community  celebration. 
The  arts  council  can't  continue  to  organize  it  each  year — 
there  are  many  unexplored  areas  of  the  state  that  beckon, 
and  the  council  has  already  gotten  requests  from  groups 
in  Reno  to  do  a  similar  project  there — but  with  sufficient 
interest  and  support  the  local  groups  may  decide  to  carry 
it  on.  Again,  the  presence  of  a  folklorist  in  Las  Vegas 
would  help  an  effort  like  this  immeasurably. 

Even  now,  after  only  a  year  and  a  half  of  in- 
volvement in  Las  Vegas's  folk  communities,  this  project 
has  proved  extremely  beneficial.  The  arts  council  is  aware 


of  numerous  new  groups  and  Individual  artists  in  ethnic, 
religious  and  occupational  communities,  and  those 
groups  are  in  turn  aware  of  the  arts  council  and  how  it 
can  help  them  with  organization,  programming  and 
funding.  Through  continued  cooperation  and  communi- 
cation with  the  mainstream  cultural  agencies,  we  can  pass 
on  information  about  folk  artists,  their  needs  and  how 
they  can  fit  into  the  Las  Vegas  ctiltural  scene.  And  there 
are  clearly  needs  crying  out  to  be  met,  such  as  free  re- 
hearsal space  and  sales  outlets  provided  by  people  who 
understand  and  respect  folk  arts,  funding  for  grass-roots 
groups  to  present  their  own  culture  and  non-commercial 
venues  for  folk  music  and  dance.  The  cultural  and  gov- 
ernmental agencies  in  southern  Nevada  are  just  beginning 
a  major  cultural  planning  process,  into  which  this  infor- 
mation will  be  fed  as  a  starting  point  for  a  more  thorough 
and  inclusive  assessment  of  needs  and  opportunities. 

During  the  Las  Vegas  Folk  Arts  Survey,  the 
combination  of  federal  funding  from  the  National  En- 
dowment for  the  Arts,  folk  arts  expertise  from  the  Nevada 
State  Council  on  the  Arts  and  local  contacts  and  re- 
sources fi-om  the  Las  Vegas  community  has  made  for  an 
ideal  partnership.  Although  the  initial  idea  came  fi-om  the 


state,  not  the  local  level,  the  interest  was  already  there 
and  local  groups  were  involved  from  the  start.  This 
makes  long-term  commitment  to  folk  arts  programs 
more  likely. 

For  all  its  difficulties  and  fi'ustrations.  Las  Ve- 
gas really  does  have  a  pioneering  spirit,  and  individuals 
and  small  groups  can  have  a  large  impact  because  none  of 
this  has  been  tried  before.  We  have  a  wonderful  opportu- 
nity to  fight  cultural  homogenization  and  neighborhood 
firagmentation  by  helping  build  a  true  community — a 
community  of  cultures  that  respect  and  honor  them- 
selves and  each  other.  That  is  admittedly  an  uphill  fight 
when  the  competition  is  slot  machines,  showgirls  and  the 
attitude  that  Nevada  is  a  cultural  desert.  But  it  also 
makes  the  small  successes  all  the  more  sweet,  and  forces 
us  to  be  inclusive  rather  than  exclusive  in  fostering  and 
supporting  arts  of  all  kinds.  ■ 

Andrea  Graham  has  been  director  of  the  Folk  Ans  Program  at  the  Ne- 
vada State  Council  on  the  Arts  since  1990.  She  has  worked  for  regional 
and  state  folklore  programs  in  Virginia,  Tennessee  and  Florida,  and  as  a 
free-lance  folklorist  and  writer  in  Nevada. 


< 

(D 


(D 

C 
CD 
<n 
(D 


The  Newcomers  Project  in  New  England 


The  Newcomers  Project  provides  professional  development  for 
Cambodian  music  and  dance  troupes  in  New  England.  Chan  Moly  Sam 
is  shown  here  working  with  students  on  kbach  (postures)  of  Cambodian 
court  dance  during  a  workshop  at  Jacob's  Pillow. 

Photo  by  Cecily  Cook 


by  Michael  Levine 


In  1989,  the  New  England  Foundation  for  the 
Arts  (NEFA)  established  the  Newcomers  Project 
to  help  recently  arrived  traditional  performing 
arts  groups  reach  audiences  outside  their  own  communi- 
ties. Under  the  direction  of  Bets)'  Peterson,  NEFA's  di- 
rector of  Traditional  Arts,  the  project  focused  initially  on 
the  Southeast  Asian  commtmit}^  and  is  now  poised  to 
reach  Caribbean  and  Latino  performing  groups  as  well. 

Through  this  project  NEFA  is  developing  fo- 
nims  for  presenting  the  traditional  cultures  of  immigrant 
populations,  and  forging  new  partnerships  with  both  the 
public  and  private  sectors  in  the  process.  Though  focused 
specifically  on  New  England,  it  has  brought  people  to- 
gether fi-om  half  a  world  apart. 

The  Newcomers  Project  is  really  about  the 
survival  of  a  foreign  culture's  performing  arts  tradition  in 
the  context  of  twenu'-first  century  American  society. 
Some  of  the  world's  finest  dancers  and  musicians  have 
settled  here,  but  they  have  lacked  the  skills  to  negotiate 
our  arts  infi-astructure  to  reach  the  American  public. 
Faced  with  the  everyday  demands  of  adjusting  to  a  new 
life,  they  have  litde  time  to  rehearse  or  teach  their  skills  to 
a  new  generation.  Even  within  their  commtmities  the  de- 
mand for  performances  is  often  limited  to  specific  holi- 
days, and  there  is  litde  in  the  way  of  local  fiinding  to  sup- 
port their  efforts. 

This  has  been  painfully  apparent  in  the  refu- 
gee Cambodian  commtmity.  From  1975  to  1979,  when 
the  Khmer  Rouge  controlled  Cambodia,  almost  90  per- 
cent of  the  dancers  and  musicians  perished  or  fled  the 
cotmtr\^  In  refugee  camps  along  the  Thai-Cambodian 
border,  Cambodian  folk  and  classical  dance  students  re- 
ceived training  in  traditions  reaching  back  to  the  ninth 
century.  Many  of  these  individuals  have  found  their  way 
to  the  United  States,  sending  in  communities  scattered 
from  coast  to  coast. 


The  Newcomers  Project  grew  out  of  work  be- 
gun by  the  Refugee  Arts  Group  in  the  mid-1980s.  This 
Boston-based  group,  which  was  a  coalition  of  artists, 
scholars,  refugee  support  professionals  and  educators,  was 
formed  to  see  that  "the  expressive  arts  and  culture  of  the 
homelands  are  not  forgotten,  and  to  celebrate  ctiltural  di- 
versity through  the  arts."  With  fiinding  from  the  Massa- 
chusetts Council  on  the  Arts  and  Humanities  and  the 
NEA  Folk  Arts  Program,  the  Refugee  Arts  Group  sur- 
veyed the  Bay  State  to  find  Southeast  Asian  artists. 

Soon  after,  NEFA  received  a  $35,000  grant 
from  the  Ford  Foundation  to  laimch  the  Newcomers 
Project.  Phase  One  was  specifically  designed  to  assist 
Southeast  Asian  groups  by  providing  technical  assistance 
related  to  self-presentation  and  publicity,  and  by  helping 
arrange  performances  outside  the  immigrant  commu- 
nity. Though  the  initial  work  included  a  Laotian  group, 
the  project  concentrated  on  three  groups  of  Cambodians: 
the  Angkor  Dance  Troupe  in  Lowell,  Massachusetts;  the 
Cambodian  Traditional  Music  Ensemble  in  Providence, 
Rhode  Island;  and  the  Khmer  Performing  Arts  Ensemble 
of  Niantic,  Connecticut.  The  two  dance  troupes  perform 
both  the  traditional  court  dances  and  a  repertory  of  folk 
dances,  which  were  developed  at  the  University  of  Fine 
Arts  in  Phnom  Penh  in  the  1960s.  The  music  ensemble 
performs  a  variety  of  musical  styles  from  the  Cambodian 
cotmtryside. 

^  Building  New  Audiences 
The  Newcomers  Project  is  based  on  the  premise  that 
these  groups  need  to  build  American  audiences  in  order 
to  survive  and  grow.  When  performed  for  Cambodian 
audiences,  the  dance  and  music  of  Cambodia  need  little 
or  no  explanation.  In  the  case  of  dance,  many  Cambodi- 
ans know  the  Ramayana  story  on  which  much  of  the 
court  repertor}'  is  based.  Both  court  and  folk  dances  are 


a> 

Z 

O 
O 

3 


(D 


(D 

m 

<Q_ 

Q 

3 


n 

<D_ 
(O 

Q 

5' 

> 

3 
n' 

n 

c 
Q 


< 

CD 


accompanied  by  sung  texts  that  narrate  what  is  going  on 
in  the  dance.  Since  mainstream  western  audiences  won't 
know  the  Khmer  or  the  Ramayana  story,  it  is  essential  to 
provide  interpretive  materials  or  a  presenter  to  help  them 
understand  and  appreciate  the  art  form. 

These  groups  also  need  assistance  in  learning 
to  present  themselves  to  potential  sponsors,  through 
written  materials  and  auditions.  Through  the  Newcom- 
er's Project,  NEFA  has  offered  ongoing  consultation  on 
financial,  business  and  management  issues;  assisted  in 
techniques  of  group  presentation,  staging  and  technical 
production;  provided  fiinds  that  allowed  each  group  to 
produce  detailed  publicity  packets;  funded  the  purchase 
of  costumes  and  prop  production;  and  offered  fee  subsi- 
dies to  potential  sponsors  around  the  region.  In  addition, 
NEFA  showcased  several  of  the  groups  at  a  New  En- 
gland-wide "Presenting  the  Folk  Arts"  Conference. 

#  Partners  with  Jacob's  Pillow 

While  the  project  has  accomplished  many  of  its  original 
goals,  its  most  significant  impact  may  result  from  a  joint 
venture  between  NEFA  and  the  nationally  renowned 
Jacob's  Pillow  Dance  Festival  of  Becket,  Massachusetts. 
Through  this  continuing  partnership,  Jacob's  Pillow  is 
committed  to  working  with  the  Cambodian  community 
for  several  years.  In  1991  the  Festival  offered  four  con- 
secutive weekends  of  Cambodian  dance  workshops. 
These  workshops  brought  together  dozens  of  students 
and  master  teachers  for  lectures,  rehearsals  and  public 
performances  of  classical  and  folk  dances  accompanied 
by  live  music.  The  Jacob's  Pillow  component  has  been 
funded  by  the  Ford  Foundation,  the  Mott  Foundation, 
an  NEA  Folk  Arts  grant  and  the  Asian  Cultural  Council. 

"I  can  pinpoint  our  turnaround  to  that  first 
summer  at  Jacob's  Pillow,"  recalls  George  Chigas,  man- 
ager of  the  Angkor  Dance  Troupe.  "We  had  a  chance  to 


step  out  of  our  everyday  existence  and  focus  on  the 
dance.  Our  group  had  been  floundering  and  it  gave  us  a 
chance  to  develop  a  professionalism,  both  artistically  and 
in  managerial  style. 

"Equally  important,  the  workshop  showed  a 
recognition  by  the  non-Cambodian  community  of  the 
legitimacy  of  our  art  form." 

Thoeun  Thou,  a  dancer  and  teacher  with  the 
Angkor  Dance  Troupe,  echoes  that  sentiment.  "No  one 
ever  thought  of  us  before  the  Jacob's  Pillow  workshops. 
Now  we  have  many  more  chances  to  share  our  culture." 

"The  strength  of  this  project,"  explains 
Jacob's  Pillow  Executive  Director  Sam  Miller,  "is  that  we 
did  not  want  to  impose  any  prior  objectives.  We  simply 
used  our  physical  and  human  resources  to  create  an  envi- 
ronment and  a  context  where  multilevel  exchanges  could 
take  place." 

The  first  year  brought  together  Cambodian 
dance  masters  and  community  members  from  around 
the  country.  For  the  summer  of  1992,  the  program  ex- 
panded to  include  several  professors  from  the  University 
of  Phnom  Penh. 

"We  came  to  realize  that  there  is  no  place 
where  the  complete  repertoire  of  Cambodian  dance  re- 
sides," Miller  continued.  "Keep  in  mind  that  these 
dances  have  historically  been  taught  by  apprenticeships 
and  handed  down  through  the  generations.  In  some 
cases,  one  individual  would  devote  his  or  her  entire  life  to 
performing  a  particular  role.  Because  of  the  tragic  up- 
heavals caused  by  the  Khmer  Rouge,  some  of  the  classic 
characters  in  Cambodian  dance  have  been  endangered.  It 
became  apparent  that  this  was  not  simply  a  refugee 
project,  but  one  of  cultural  preservation." 

As  Cecily  Cook,  director  of  the  Refugee  Arts 
Group  explains,  "Cambodian  dance  became  democra- 
tized in  the  refugee  camps.  The  masters  were  there  offer- 


Cambodian  musicians  from  throughout  the  United  States  were  invited  to  Jacob's  Pillow  to 
accompany  Cambodian  dancers  during  a  week-long  workshop  held  in  conjunction  with  the 
Newcomers  Project. 
Photo  by  Cecily  Cook 


n 

CD_ 
CD 

— ^ 

Q 

5' 

CO 

> 

3 

CD 

n' 

n 

c 
c" 

Q_ 

<■ 

0 


ing  classes  and  anyone  in  the  camps  could  study.  But  this 
knowledge  is  not  always  passed  on  to  the  best  artists. 
That's  why  the  exchange  between  refugees  here  and  the 
surviving  artists  in  Cambodia  is  so  important." 

"This  has  proved  to  be  a  very  successful 
project,"  observes  Ralph  Samuelson,  executive  director  of 
the  Asian  Cultural  Council  (ACC),  based  in  New  York 
City.  "I  give  Jacob's  Pillow  a  lot  of  credit  for  understand- 
ing what  it  was  dealing  with.  It's  hard  for  general  arts  in- 
stitutions to  relate  to  traditional  arts — understanding 
their  needs,  creating  an  encouraging  atmosphere  and  of- 
fering help  and  respect  for  the  culture.  At  the  ACC,  we 
support  cultural  exchange  in  the  visual  and  performing 
arts.  With  this  project  we  knew  the  key  artists  and  the  in- 
stitution involved,  and  we  could  clearly  see  that  it  was  re- 
vitalizing ties  with  the  people  in  Cambodia.  This  is  an  es- 
sential ingredient  in  preserving  Cambodian  culture." 

"We  really  took  our  cues  from  the  partici- 
pants," reflects  Miller.  "For  instance,  we  offered  some 
lighting  or  string  ideas  and  then  worked  with  them  to 
see  what  best  met  their  needs.  Ultimately  it  was  about 
improving  the  quality  of  their  presentation,  and  the  col- 
laboration worked." 

#  Balancing  Art  and  Life 

Tithtra  Soch  is  a  2  5 -year-old  dancer  and  musician  who 
was  trained  in  the  refiigee  camps  before  his  parents  set- 
tled in  Rhode  Island  in  1985.  He  attended  the  Jacob's 
Pillow  workshops  both  years  and  is  very  enthusiastic 
about  the  experience.  His  parents  are  both  musicians, 
and  until  their  recent  divorce  the  family  performed  to- 
gether. Over  the  past  few  years,  Tithtra- has  been  trying 
to  develop  and  manage  the  Cambodian  Traditional  Mu- 
sic Ensemble.  He  knows  how  important  it  is  to  keep  the 
art  forms  alive,  because  "without  the  music  and  dance, 
when  people  picture  Cambodia  they  only  think  of  war." 


Yet,  Tithtra  has  now  given  up  playing  music 
and  dancing.  "My  instruments  decorate  the  wall,"  he 
says.  Like  so  many  young  Cambodians  in  this  country, 
he  has  realized  how  little  opportunity  there  is  to  make  a 
living  through  his  traditional  arts.  In  pursuit  of  a  fine  arts 
degree,  he  works  at  the  local  textile  mill  just  long  enough 
to  earn  a  semester's  tuition.  Tithtra  wonders  whether  he 
will  even  attend  Jacob's  Pillow  next  summer.  "I  have  to 
ask,  'Can  I  use  this  education  towards  my  support?'  If 
not,  then  I  can't  take  the  time  to  do  it." 

Tithtra  also  faced  constant  frustration  while 
trying  to  organize  the  ensemble.  Cambodian  musicians 
are  in  great  demand  for  playing  at  weddings  within  the 
Cambodian  community.  Traditional  songs  are  played 
during  certain  parts  of  the  wedding  ceremony  in  the 
morning,  while  at  night  modern  Cambodian  rock  music 
is  the  choice  for  receptions.  The  problem  Tithtra  faced  is 
that  many  of  the  young  people  just  want  to  play  the 
modern  music  because  they  get  paid  more  for  it  and 
don't  need  to  rehearse  as  long.  He  found  there  was  even 
less  interest  in  playing  the  traditional  music  for  American 
audiences  since  this  meant  leaving  the  community,  earn- 
ing very  little  money  and  getting  hired  to  play  at  odd 
times.  Many  of  their  bookings  were  for  school  assemblies 
or  midweek  evening  concerts. 

"People  can't  keep  begging  time  off  from 
their  shift  supervisor  to  play  these  jobs,"  Tithtra  contin- 
ued. "It  became  impossible  to  commit  to  bookings  so  far 
in  advance. 

"In  Cambodia,  one  person  can  work  and  earn 
enough  to  support  ten  people,"  Tithtra  reflected.  "But 
here,  one  person  can  barely  support  himself  I  don't 
know  anyone  in  my  community  who  works  just  eight 
hours  [a  day],  usually  it  is  ten-  or  twelve-hour  shifts  at 
the  factory  all  week.  And  on  Saturday  eight  hours  more. 
No  choice.  You  work  overtime  or  they  fire  you.  It  leaves 


no  time  for  family,  no  time  to  relax  and  certainly  no  time 
to  enjoy  making  music." 

"I  think  it's  very  hard  to  save  our  culture. 
Maybe  if  I  could  teach  kids  in  the  schools  to  dance,  show 
them  how  to  make  traditional  costumes,  and  teach  them 
Cambodian  ways,  like  New  Year's  games,  or  history.  If 
there  was  some  fiinding  for  it  to  happen  four  or  five 
times  a  month,  then  I  could  support  my  education  with- 
out the  factory." 


Restoring  Pride  in  Cambodian  Culture 
As  artistic  director  of  the  Khmer  Performing  Arts  En- 
semble, Sokhanarith  Moeur  is  also  very  familiar  with  the 
difficulty  of  keeping  a  troupe  together.  Moeur,  who  per- 
forms both  Cambodian  classical  and  folk  dances,  emi- 
grated from  Thailand  in  1987  and  now  lives  in  Con- 
neaicut.  Prior  to  the  Pol  Pot  regime  she  was  a  professor 
of  dance  at  the  University  of  Fine  Arts  in  Phnom  Penh. 
With  the  assistance  of  NEFA's  Newcomers  Project  her 
group  has  undergone  remarkable  professional  develop- 
ment, and  recendy  was  added  to  the  touring  roster  of  the 
Connecticut  Commission  on  the  Arts. 

Moeur  believes  the  Newcomers  Project  has 
been  extremely  beneficial.  "I  want  to  accomplish  two 
goals  through  my  art,"  she  explains.  "First,  I  want  to  re- 
store a  pride  and  imderstanding  in  Cambodian  culture 
for  the  Cambodian  people  in  America,  especially  the  kids 
who  have  been  born  here.  Second,  I  want  to  have  Ameri- 
cans understand  what  our  culture  looks  like  and  what  it 
is  about.  Betsy  [Peterson]  and  Cecily  [Cook]  have  helped 
us  to  perform  for  many  new  audiences." 

Moeur  believes  the  Jacob's  Pillow  experiences 
have  been  crucial  to  achieving  both  goals.  Because  the 
Cambodian  artists  around  New  England  live  in  several 
scattered  communities,  they  cannot  get  together  for  regu- 
lar rehearsals.  "When  we  do  have  performances,"  she  ad- 


mits, "the  music  and  dance  are  not  consistent,  and  I 
don't  feel  good  about  what  we  are  showing  people." 

"But  at  Jacob's  Pillow,  there  was  plenty  of 
time  to  work  together.  It  was  great." 

As  it  becomes  more  difficult  to  find  the  musi- 
cians available  who  can  play  the  traditional  Cambodian 
dance  tunes,  the  dancers  are  relying  increasingly  on  tapes. 
As  pan  of  the  Newcomers  Projea,  the  dancers  now  have 
a  professional  music  recording,  which  was  made  during 
the  1992  Jacob's  Pillow  workshops. 

"In  the  past,  music  has  been  a  big  concern," 
describes  Chigas  of  the  Angkor  Dance  Troupe.  "We 
needed  live  music  and  it  was  difficult  and  expensive  to 
use.  Sometimes  we  would  meet  only  an  hour  before  the 
performance  and  run  through  the  program.  Variations  in 
tempo  would  surface  during  the  dances  and  it  was  a  big 
aggravation.  Now  that  we  have  good  tapes,  we  prefer  to 
use  them.  Besides,  the  logistics  and  cost  are  a  lot  easier 
for  the  arts  presenters  if  we  don't  bring  ten  musicians." 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  Angkor  Dance 
Troupe  is  the  most  successful  group  of  artists  in  the 
Newcomers  Program  to  date.  They  have  been  added  to 
the  NEFA  Touring  Roster,  acquired  a  costimie  inven- 
tory, hold  regidar  practices,  improved  their  record  keep- 
ing and  financial  management,  and  developed  a  reper- 
toire that  is  well-suited  to  American  audiences  unfamiliar 
with  their  traditions.  Yet,  until  recently  when  the  troupe 
received  its  first  grant  of  $20,000  fi-om  the  Parker  Foun- 
dation in  Lowell,  the  group's  artistic  and  administrative 
management  was  a  completely  volunteer  effort. 

"Now,"  Chigas  continued,  "we  will  be  able  to 
pay  several  instructors  and  our  dance  manager  for  things 
like  pre-planning  rehearsals  so  the  few  hours  a  week  we 
have  with  our  troupe  can  be  more  productive." 

Ironically,  even  as  the  group  is  finally  getting 
on  solid  footing,  they  face  new  challenges.  The  free  re- 


z 

n 
o 

3 


(0 
O 


Z 

(D 

m 

3 
CO 


n 

CD 


3 
(Q 

> 

3 
n' 

n 

c 
c" 

— % 
Q 


!^ 


hearsal  space  they  had  been  using  at  the  National  His- 
toric Park  in  Lowell  has  been  closed  due  to  budget  cuts, 
and  there  is  a  constant  problem  with  student  turnover. 

"We  always  have  plenty  of  female  dancers 
available;  however,  after  graduation  from  high  school  we 
lose  them.  Some  go  off  to  college,  others  work  at  the  fac- 
tories and  many  get  married  and  are  forbidden  by  their 
husbands  to  continue  dancing.  Teenage  boys,  on  the 
other  hand,  rarely  show  any  interest." 

Because  the  troupe  relies  on  students,  book- 
ings are  limited  to  weekends  and  must  be  within  easy 
driving  distance  of  their  Lowell  community.  Otherwise, 
parents  are  not  inclined  to  let  their  children  participate. 

"I  feel  strongly  about  showing  our  culture  to 
other  nationalities,"  Angkor  dancer  Thoeun  says.  "But  I 
am  worried  about  the  ftiture  of  this  dance.  I  know  per- 
formances are  coming,  but  there  is  very  little  money.  I 
have  no  answers,  and  1  worry." 

Perhaps  the  next  phase  of  the  Jacob's  Pillow 
residency  will  provide  some  needed  tools  to  the  Cambo- 
dian community.  In  the  summer  of  1993,  intensive 
weekend  workshops  will  be  offered  in  Lowell  and  a  few 
other  selected  communities  around  the  region.  The 
internationally  renowned  faculty  assembled  at  Jacob's 
Pillow  will  be  leading  these  sessions  specifically  for  those 
who  can  not  afford  the  time  to  attend  the  week-long 
offerings. 

#  First  Night 

"I  saw  the  training  at  Jacob's  Pillow  and  knew  the  perfor- 
mances had  a  place  on  our  program,"  exclaimed  Zeren 
Earls,  who  has  served  as  both  executive  director  and  artis- 
tic director  of  First  Night  Boston  since  1980.  "It's  very 
important  to  me  to  bring  the  rich  traditions  of  many  im- 
migrant cultures  to  a  mainstream  audience  such  as  we 
have  at  First  Night.  I  also  feel  it  is  essential  to  include 


newcomers  in  our  programs  as  a  way  of  welcoming  them 
to  our  community." 

In  1991  Earls  presented  the  Khmer  Perform- 
ing Arts  Ensemble  in  a  special  program  at  the  largest  the- 
atre space  in  the  city.  As  part  of  the  Columbus  Quincen- 
tennial  she  brought  together  half  a  dozen  dance  troupes  in 
a  tribute  honoring  America's  diverse  heritage.  "As  part  of 
that  continuum,  it  was  natural  to  have  some  of  our  new- 
est Americans  represented.  We  filled  the  hall  twice,"  she 
reported,  "and  this  year  the  Khmer  returned  to  our  pro- 
gram with  a  stage  to  themselves." 

"Our  average  audience  member  has  no  knowl- 
edge of  the  dance  tradition  in  Cambodia,  yet  they  are 
clearly  moved  by  the  exquisite  form  of  the  dancers.  I  work 
with  a  lot  of  communities  around  Boston,  and  the  profes- 
sionalism that  the  Cambodians  have  achieved  as  a  result 
of  the  Newcomers  Project  is  remarkable.  There  is  a  defi- 
nite role  for  the  NEFAs  of  this  world." 


Breaking  New  Ground 

Clearly,  the  Newcomers  Project  is  breaking  new  ground. 
According  to  Daniel  Sheehy,  director  of  the  NEA's  Folk 
Arts  Program,  "Jacob's  Pillow  has  provided  a  working 
model  of  ways  in  which  arts  institutions  or  artists'  colo- 
nies can  provide  a  setting  for  immigrant  artists  to  work 
with  original  masters.  This  really  addresses  a  need  identi- 
fied at  the  World  Classical  Performing  Arts  Conference  in 
1991.  The  involvement  in  this  project  of  a  national  leader 
like  Jacob's  Pillow  sends  an  important  signal  to  producers 
and  presenters  across  the  country  and  offers  the  Cambo- 
dian community  a  visibility  far  beyond  the  region." 

"In  one  year,  I've  seen  a  striking  difference  in 
the  Cambodian  performances.  This  is  evident  both  in 
their  props  and  stage  sets,  as  well  as  in  meeting  the  expec- 
tations of  an  American  audience  in  terms  of  timing,  pac- 
ing and  packaging." 


"In  a  very  direct  way,"  Sheehy  continues, 
"this  NEFA  project  reinforces  the  Folk  Arts  Program's 
goal  of  increasing  access  for  all  Americans  to  each  other. 
We  can't  hope  to  be  fluent  in  the  himdreds  of  cultures 
that  are  part  of  our  American  society  today.  However, 
experiences  we  gain  as  audience  members  give  tis  a 
glimpse  at  the  core  values  of  a  people  as  expressed 
through  their  arts." 

For  the  audience,  Sheehy  believes,  each  new 
experience  raises  a  question  and  challenges  us  to  think 
about  what  it  means  and  why  it  is  there.  In  this  regard  he 
says,  "there  is  a  lot  in  common  between  avant  garde  and 
folk  art.  They  are  both  challenging  and  the  audiences 
need  guidance." 

Despite  the  problems  faced  by  all  the  Cambodian 
artists,  everyone  agrees  the  Newcomers  Project  has  suc- 
ceeded in  providing  a  framework  that  allows  them  to 
reach  new  audiences.  It  has  also  woven  a  wonderful  pat- 
tern of  partnerships  that  can  serve  as  models  for  pro- 
grams nationwide. 

As  NEFA's  Peterson  describes  it,  "This  is  such 
a  nice  example  of  how  two  organizations  develop  sepa- 
rate programs  that  mutually  strengthen  and  reinforce 
each  other.  The  Cambodian  programs  at  Jacob's  Pillow 
could  not  have  occurred  without  the  prior  grotmd-break- 
ing  work  of  NEFA's  Newcomers  Project.  Conversely,  the 
Jacob's  Pillow  programs  were  a  trtily  inspiring  opportu- 
nity for  the  Cambodian  students.  All  in  all,  it's  one  of 
those  'the  whole  is  greater  than  the  sum  of  its  parts' 
experiences."    ■ 


Michael  Levine  is  the  public  information  officer  at  the  Vermont  Council 
on  the  Arts.  He  is  a  former  free-layice  journalist  and  broadcast 
professional. 


About  NEFA 

The  New  England  Foundation  for  the  Arts 
is  a  regional  consortium  of  the  six  New 
England  state  arts  councils  (Connecticut, 
Massachusetts,  Maine,  New  Hampshire, 
Rhode  Island,  Vermont)  created  over  15 
years  ago  to  support  and  de\^elop  the  arts  in 
New  England.  The  foundation's  mission  is 
to  connect  the  people  ofNew  England  with 
the  power  of  art  to  shape  lives  and  impro\'e 
communities.  Public  and  private  partner- 
ships are  developed  by  the  foundation  to 
support  the  creation  and  presentation  of  art 
by  artists  and  diverse  art  organizations.  Its 
goals  are  pursued  through  a  variety  of  pro- 
grams and  services,  which  include  informa- 
tion exchange,  policy  planning,  research, 
advocacv  and  direct  financial  assistance. 


(D 

z 

(D 
O 

o 

3 

CD 


CD 
O 


Z 

CD 

m 

Q 

=s 
Q- 


The  Down  Home  Dairylond  Sago 


I 


•^    Arthur  "Zeke"  Renard,  Belgian  button  accordion  player  from  Duval,  Wisconsin, 
being  recorded  and  interviewed  for  "Down  Home  Dairyland,"  a  radio  program 
created  by  the  Wisconsin  Arts  Board  to  serve  the  traditional  and  ethnic  musicians  in 
the  state. 
Photo  by  Richard  March 


hy  Richard  March 


The  VFW  Hall  in  Janesville,  Wisconsin,  sits  on 
top  of  a  high  hill  on  the  south  side  of  town.  For 
the  famously  flat  Midwest,  the  hill  commands  a 
spectacular  view  overlooking  the  sprawling  linear  build- 
ings of  the  General  Motors  plant,  the  small  city's  largest 
employer.  The  factory  is  surrounded  by  a  web  of  high 
voltage  power  lines,  while  in  the  distance  the  rolling 
green  countryside  is  dotted  with  the  farmsteads  of  dairy 
producers,  their  massive  barns  flanked  by  towering  silos. 

The  VFW  Hall  is  a  friendly  gathering  place 
for  the  farmers,  autoworkers  and  others  from  the  Janes- 
ville area.  Rock  Cotmty  and  Green  Cotmty  residents  of 
German,  Swiss,  Norwegian,  Polish  and  Irish  descent  use 
the  hall  to  ntirture  their  traditions,  celebrate  weddings 
and  anniversaries  and  put  on  lodge  fiinctions  and  com- 
munity benefit  affairs.  They  are  the  kind  of  people  whose 
artistic  interests  and  needs  have  seldom  been  addressed 
by  state  arts  agencies,  even  though  they  and  millions  of 
others  from  the  smaller  cities  and  rural  areas  of  the  Up- 
per Midwest  have  created  their  own  expressive  ctilttire. 
Their  culture  and  its  expression  through  the  music  and 
dance  in  this  hall  is  at  once  unified  and  pluralistic,  urban 
and  rural,  rooted  in  tradition  yet  forward-looking. 

In  the  fall  of  1986  I  drove  wdth  my  colleague 
Jim  Leary  40  miles  southeast  from  home  in  Madison  to 
take  in  a  rare  musical  experience.  We  had  noticed  in  the 
Wisconsin  Polka  Boosters  newsletter  that  the  New  Jolly 
Swiss  Boys — Syl  Liebl,  Jr.'s  band  from  Coon  Valley, 
Wisconsin — ^would  be  in  Janesville.  Syl  Liebl,  Sr.,  the 
legendary  concertina  player,  wotild  be  sitting  in.  We 
jumped  at  the  chance  to  hear  and  meet  this  immensely 
influential,  but  now  mosdy  reared,  musician. 

The  dance  was  in  fuU  swing  when  we  arrived. 
The  final  flourish  of  a  Dutchman-style  polka  tune  was 
jtist  fading  and  the  spinning  dancers'  skirts  still  settling  as 
we  walked  in.  The  two  Syls  and  the  Swiss  Boys  were  on 


stage  taking  a  moment's  pause  and  preparing  to  play  a  set 
of  three  waltzes.  Anxious  to  meet  the  elder  Liebl,  we 
strode  toward  the  stage.  By  the  time  we  reached  the 
middle  of  the  dance  floor,  1  was  recognized  by  Archie 
Baron,  a  dairy  farmer  and  the  polka  promoter  who  had 
booked  this  dance. 

"Hey  Rick,  it's  great  to  see  you  here,"  he 
beamed.  "Would  you  like  an  introduction?"  Assiuning 
he  was  going  to  introduce  me  to  Syl  Liebl,  St.,  1  nodded 
assent.  Archie  sprang  to  the  stage,  snatched  a  micro- 
phone from  its  stand  and  annoimced,  "Hey  everybody, 
look  who's  here — Rick  March  of 'Down  Home  Dairy- 
land'  radio!"  I  stood  frozen  in  surprise  as  a  hearty  ripple 
of  applause  filled  the  hall. 


Discovering  Listeners 
For  about  two  months  the  Wisconsin  Arts  Board 
(WAB),  where  I  am  the  traditional  and  ethnic  arts  coor- 
dinator, had  been  producing  "Down  Home  Dairyland," 
which  at  that  time  was  a  three-hour  Monday  morning 
radio  show  on  WORT,  Madison's  listener-supported 
commimity  radio.  The  show  featured  the  traditional  and 
ethnic  music  of  Wisconsin  and  the  Upper  Midwest,  with 
an  emphasis  on  polkas.  It  had  never  occturred  to  me  that 
we  might  have  listeners  in  Janesville! 

The  incident  marked  my  in-person  debut  as  a 
radio  personality  in  Wisconsin.  It  had  been  hard  to  ex- 
plain to  most  people  just  what  I  did  for  WAB  and  how  it 
might  relate  to  them.  But  everybody  knew  what  a  radio 
deejay  was!  During  the  afternoon  a  few  listeners  ap- 
proached me  with  comments  such  as,  "I  liked  that  fea- 
ture you  did  on  Romy  Gosz.  How  can  1  get  a  tape  of  it?," 
"Will  you  play  for  me  that  'Let's  Have  a  Party'  ttme  by 
Chuck  Thiel  and  the  Jolly  Ramblers?" 

Now  1  had  some  confirmation  that  my  radio 
idea  was  actually  working.  It  was  initially  viewed  by  some 


(D 

o 

I 


o 

3 

(D 
Q 

Q 


Q 

CQ 

Q 


n 

<D_ 
(D 

3 

> 

n 

n 

c 

—1 
Q 


< 

—I 
v> 


of  my  arts  administrator  colleagues  as  totally  oflF-the-wall 
and  a  crazy  departure  from  the  normal  functioning  of  a 
state  arts  agency.  But  this  incident  and  others  over  the 
ensuing  months  convinced  me  there  were  indeed  listen- 
ers out  there.  Old-time  and  ethnic  musicians  pressed 
copies  of  their  recordings  into  my  hand  or  sent  them  by 
mail,  all  with  the  same  request — "Please  play  it  on  your 
radio  show."  Handwritten  letters  and  cards  trickled  in, 
saying:  "I  listen  to  you  in  the  truck  on  my  postal  route. 
Could  you  play  a  Greg  Anderson  yodel  number?"  and 
"Please  play  'Red  Raven  Polka'  by  Lawrence  Duchow 
and  dedicate  it  to  my  parents  Erwin  and  Mary  Ann 
Krause  for  their  40th  wedding  anniversary." 

#  Midwestern  Old-Time  Music 

"Down  Home  Dairyland"  was  created  in  1 986  when 
WORT  needed  a  volunteer  folk  music  programmer  for 
the  three-hour  Monday  morning  slot.  I  had  just  com- 
pleted my  third  year  as  traditional  and  ethnic  arts  coordi- 
nator for  the  Wisconsin  Arts  Board.  In  that  time  the 
Folk  Arts  Program  was  working  within  the  normal 
framework  of  a  state  arts  agency.  We  had  set  up  a  Folk 
Arts  Apprenticeship  program  that  focused  upon  the  tra- 
ditions of  Wisconsin's  Indian  tribes,  developed  folk  art- 
ists in  the  schools  activities  and  created  a  Folk  Arts  Orga- 
nizational Projects  grant  category. 

While  the  programs  were  going  well,  we  were 
disturbed  that  we  were  not  serving  some  very  important 
segments  of  our  constituency,  notably  traditional  and 
ethnic  musicians  and  the  communities  that  comprise 
their  audiences.  The  Upper  Midwest  has  vibrant  and  di- 
verse musical  subcultures,  based  on  an  interplay  of  eth- 
nic, regional  and  vernacular  musical  forms.  Unlike  the 
better-known  folk  musics  of  Appalachia,  the  Southwest 
or  New  England,  Midwestern  old-time  music  has  few 
advocates  in  cultural  institutions  or  the  media.  However, 


these  musical  traditions  are  too  important  to  ignore.  Just 
as  blues,  jazz,  country  music  and  rock  are  a  synthesis  of 
the  traditional  music  of  the  South's  predominant  Anglo- 
Celtic  and  African  American  populations,  Upper  Mid- 
western folk  music  is  a  synthesis  drawn  from  the  many 
groups  who  setded  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  Michigan, 
the  eastern  Dakotas,  northern  Iowa,  Indiana  and  Illinois. 
The  region's  music,  like  its  culture  in  general,  offers  some 
distinct  variations  of  an  ethnic  stew  in  which  the  indi- 
vidual ingredients  never  lose  their  identifiable  origin. 

One  example  out  of  the  dozens  that  could  be 
cited  are  the  Walloon  Belgians  of  Door  County,  Wis- 
consin, who  have  retained  their  unique  French  Walloon 
dialect  through  five  generations  in  America.  Singers  per- 
form today  the  traditional  songs  their  forebears  brought 
over  from  Namur,  Belgium,  in  the  1850s  and  1860s. 
But  this  devotion  to  Belgian  traditions  didn't  stop 
Walloon  band  leaders  from  adopting  the  unique  style  of 
brass  band  music  played  by  their  Czech-American  neigh- 
bors. In  this  area  of  northeastern  Wisconsin  the  Czech 
(actually  the  locals  usually  call  it  "Bohemian")  style  was 
adopted  also  by  bandleaders  with  Polish,  Dutch  and 
German  ethnic  backgrounds. 

That  particular  Wisconsin  Bohemian  sound 
had  German-American  trumpeter  Roman  Gosz  as  its 
most  seminal  figure.  His  78  rpm  recordings,  with  the  vo- 
cals in  Czech,  still  comprise  the  core  repertoire  of  today's 
numerous  Bohemian,  or  "Gosz-style"  bands.  Currently 
one  of  the  finest  professional  singers  of  the  old  Czech 
songs  is  Cletus  Bellin,  a  radio  station  manager  and  polka 
disc  jockey  from  Kewaunee,  Wisconsin.  A  proud  pro- 
moter of  his  Belgian  heritage,  Bellin,  who  speaks 
Walloon  fluently,  also  took  the  time  to  learn  the  correct 
Czech  pronunciation  from  friends  in  nearby  Pilsen. 

When  Bellin  plays  piano  and  sings  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Jerry  Voelker  Orchestra  of  Green  Bay,  the 


band  may  perform  in  addition  to  their  core  repertoire  of 
Czech  and  German  tunes  (plus  country  and  western 
numbers),  a  Norwegian  schottische,  a  Finnish  waltz,  a 
Polish  oberek,  a  "modern"  Glenn  Miller  swing  tune  or  a 
1960s  rock  oldie  without  ever  departing  from  the  under- 
lying regional  Bohemian  band's  style  or  playing  reper- 
toire that  is  considered  unusual  or  intrusive. 


Learning  to  Respond  to  Different  Needs 
During  the  1 980s,  the  WAB  grants  mechanism  had  not 
been  effective  in  gaining  wider  recognition  for  the  signifi- 
cant art  of  Upper  Midwestern  traditional  musicians. 
They  cotildn't  apply  for  organizational  grants,  because 
the  bands  are  small  businesses,  as  opposed  to  nonprofit 
organizations.  Individual  musicians  weren't  interested  in 
apprenticeship  grants  since  the  yoimger  musicians  nor- 
mally learn  by  listening  to  recordings,  watching  bands, 
sitting  in,  jamming  and  getting  hired  as  sidemen. 

The  few  nonprofit  organizations  who  actually 
did  apply  for  grants  to  present  this  type  of  music  didn't 
fare  very  well  with  the  arts  board's  music  panel  of  that 
time.  When  WXPR,  community  radio  from  the  little 
town  of  Rhinelander  in  northern  Wisconsin,  applied  to 
present  a  live  performance  by  the  fine  young  Finnish- 
American  band,  the  Oulu  Hotshots  from  Iron  River,  one 
WAB  panelist  cast  a  disparaging  remark  regarding  that 
type  of  music.  (The  Oulu  Hotshots  went  on  to  make 
several  recordings  and  gained  national  exposure  through 
multiple  appearances  on  Garrison  Keillor's  radio  show, 
"A  Prairie  Home  Companion.") 

I  spoke  to  the  musicians  and  dance  club 
members  who  were  stymied  in  the  grants  realm.  What 
did  they  need  from  WAB?  It  turned  out  that  obtaining 
grants  was  not  their  highest  priority.  They  wanted  more 
recognition,  respect  and  media  exposure.  They  felt  that 
pop  music  and  the  Nashville  sound  had  all  but  squeezed 


them  out  of  the  media.  They  were  right.  In  commercial 
radio  they  were  off  the  air,  except  for  a  polka  hour  here 
and  there  on  a  few  small  town  AM  stations,  perhaps 
sharing  the  hour  with  the  noon  livestock  prices  report. 

Based  on  the  University  of  Wisconsin  cam- 
pus, Wisconsin  Public  Radio  (call  letters  WHA)  is  cur- 
rently celebrating  its  75th  year  of  serving  the  state  by 
broadcasting  educational  and  cultural  programming. 
WHA  programming  emphasizes  classical  music.  Na- 
tional Public  Radio  and  talk  programs.  The  few  hours 
per  week  of  folk  programming  was  divided  between  con- 
temporary singer-songwriters  and  traditional  music  from 
the  American  South  or  the  British  Isles.  Recordings  of 
Upper  Midwestern  traditional  musicians,  even  those 
from  the  Madison  area  (local  to  the  main  studios),  were 
rare  as  hen's  teeth  in  the  WHA  record  library. 

These  neglected  musical  traditions  needed  the 
validation  that  would  come  with  inclusion  on  public  ra- 
dio. Fortunately,  an  item  in  WAB's  five-year  plan  called 
for  enhancing  the  arts  board's  presence  in  the  media.  To 
his  credit,  the  arts  board  director  committed  the  agency 
to  trying  the  radio  experiment.  The  agency  took  the 
open  time  slot  on  the  local  station  WORT,  which  is 
heard  in  a  50-mile  radius  of  Madison.  I  learned  to  oper- 
ate the  studio  equipment,  got  my  FCC  license  and 
started  broadcasting. 

#  Wisconsin  Public  Radio 

After  a  year  the  arts  board's  WORT  programs  had  been 
noticed  by  WHA  Folk  Music  Programmer  Tom  Mar- 
tin-Erickson  and  he  was  interested  in  collaborating.  It 
was  a  great  opportunity.  The  WHA  network  could  be 
heard  statewide  (even  in  areas  of  neighboring  states),  and 
the  association  with  Wisconsin  Public  Radio  carried  with 
it  the  status  and  respect  that  could  help  validate  Upper 
Midwestern  traditions. 


o 


o 

3 

(D 

o 
9 

Q 


CO 
Q 
CO 
Q 


n 

(D_ 
(D 

D" 

-n 
Q 

5' 

CD 
> 

3 

(0 
n' 

(a" 

n 

c 
c" 

Q 


I 


Everyone  benefited  fi-om  the  collaboration. 
The  arts  board  provided  my  time — officially  10  percent 
of  my  40-hour  work  week,  though  it  was  often  more. 
Wisconsin  Public  Radio  provided  studio  facilities,  an  en- 
gineer and  the  assistance  of  Tom  Martin-Erickson.  And 
so  WHA  gained  unique,  locally-produced  programming, 
and  the  arts  board  gained  media  exposure  and  a  chance 
to  do  more  for  underserved  constituents. 

With  a  grant  from  the  Folk  Arts  Program  of 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  free-lance  folklor- 
ist  Jim  Leary  was  able  to  join  me  in  producing  a  series  of 
13  half-hour  programs.  These  programs,  each  devoted  to 
the  music  of  a  particular  ethnic  group,  geographic  area  or 
instrument,  blended  excerpts  from  field  interviews  of  tra- 
ditional musicians  with  their  music. 

The  first  series  on  WHA  premiered  in  early 
1989.  In  this  series  and  those  that  followed,  Jim  and  I 
made  a  sincere  eflFort  to  truly  reflect  the  cultural  diversity 
of  the  Upper  Midwest  with  programs  that  focused  on  an 
African  American  gospel  quartet,  a  Milwaukee  Puerto 
Rican  jibaro  ensemble,  Hmong  and  Cambodian  tradi- 
tions in  Wisconsin  and  the  many  forms  of  Wisconsin  In- 
dian music. 

Wisconsin  is  a  state  where  over  90  percent  of 
the  population  is  Euro- American,  and  most  of  these 
people  are  uncomfortable  being  lumped  together  in  an 
official,  homogenized  "white"  identity.  Thus,  the  specific 
traditions  of  groups  such  as  Slovenians,  Welsh,  Finns, 
Norwegians,  Germans  and  Poles,  and  the  ways  their  eth- 
nic traits  interacted  and  recombined  in  the  Midwest  were 
treated  in  many  of  the  programs:  "Echoes  of  Slovenia," 
"Finnish-American  Music  in  Superiorland"  and  "The 
Polish  Fiddlers  of  Posen." 

Though  the  topic  is  serious  and  the  music  is 
good,  by  its  inclusiveness  "Down  Home  Dairyland" 
challenges  the  fixed  notions  of  many  of  our  listeners  and 


radio  cohorts.  At  WORT  I  had  to  buck  the  dominant 
counter-cultural  bias,  and  assert  that,  in  addition  to  the 
"granola  eaters,"  older  folks  and  farmers  are  indeed  part 
of  the  community  WORT  should  serve.  Some  of  these 
farmers  and  older  folks  have  had  to  stretch  to  appreciate 
the  unfamiliar  music  of  relative  newcomers  like  Puerto 
Ricans  and  Hmong,  and  accept  the  newcomers'  contri- 
butions as  a  new  part  of  Wisconsin's  tradition. 

But  there  was  also  a  lot  of  positive  reaction. 
The  Milwaukee  Magazine  touted  "Down  Home  Dairy- 
land"  as  die  "Media  Pick  of  the  Month"  in  March  1989, 
saying,  "This  is  music  to  soothe  the  souls  of  even  the 
most  harried  postmoderns."  Isthmus,  a  Madison  news- 
weekly  strong  on  arts  and  entertainment,  regularly  lists 
the  programs  in  their  "Radio  Highlights"  section,  some- 
times with  humorous  comments  like,  "We  don't  know 
what  a  masopmt  is,  but  we  do  know  it's  survived  in  Wis- 
consin for  more  than  a  century."  [Incidentally,  Masopust 
is  the  Czech  pre-Lenten  festivity.]  More  important  were 
the  letters  from  appreciative  listeners,  with  comments 
like,  "I  loved  the  Women  Polka  Bandleaders  show!  Keep 
up  the  good  work."  and  "My  father  used  to  play  his 
fiddle  in  a  band,  the  Uncle  Louie  Orchestra.  Would  you 
be  interested  in  them  for  'Down  Home  Dairyland'?" 

It  is  also  gratifying  to  have  a  chance  to  get  ac- 
quainted with  the  musicians,  and  though  they  don't  say  a 
lot  about  it,  to  know  they  are  happy  with  the  show.  Over 
a  couple  of  beers  in  plastic  cups,  elbows  on  the  plank  that 
served  as  a  bar  in  the  rear  corner  of  a  polka  festival  dance 
tent,  two  musicians  mentioned  a  WAB  show  on  Ger- 
man-American music  in  which  they  were  featured. 
"Rick,  I  owe  you  one,"  one  of  them  said. 


And  the  Saga  Continues 
Though  WAB's  initial  intention  was  to  make  one  series 
comprising  13  programs,  popular  support  spurred  us  to 


make  27  more  in  the  period  from  1 989  to  1 992  for  a  to- 
tal of  40  programs.  Audio  cassettes  of  these  programs  are 
available  and  have  been  purchased  at  a  steady  rate  by  in- 
dividuals, teachers  and  professors,  public  libraries,  school 
libraries  and  major  archives  like  the  Library  of  Congress, 
the  Center  for  Popular  Music  and  the  Country  Music 
Foundation.  Through  these  cassettes,  the  artists  and  the 
special  music  that  "Down  Home  Dairyland"  showcases 
are  heard  beyond  the  limits  of  radio  transmission. 

Forthcoming  from  the  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin Division  of  University  Outreach  is  another  spin-off 
product,  Down  Home  Dairyland:  A  Listener's  Guide,  co- 
authored  by  Jim  Leary  and  myself  The  1 00-page  booklet 
will  provide  short  essays,  photographs  and  bibliograph- 
ical information  for  the  musical  traditions  covered  in  the 
40  programs  (1989-1992).  The  guide  enhances  the  use- 
fulness of  the  programs  as  educational  curriculum  materi- 
als, and  Jim  is  devising  continuing  education  correspon- 
dence courses  that  will  target  teachers  and  make  use  of 
the  audiocassettes  and  the  guide. 

In  early  1 992,  to  consolidate  listenership,  the 
WHA  program  director  asked  WAB  if  "Down  Home 
Dairyland"  could  run  52  weeks  per  year  as  a  part  of  their 
Sunday  evening  "Old  Time  Radio  Night."  With  some 
trepidation  we  accepted  the  challenge.  To  make  it  pos- 
sible to  produce  about  39  shows  per  year  (the  remaining 
weeks  will  feature  reruns),  we  adopted  a  magazine  format 
featuring  a  variety  of  traditions  in  each  program.  Though 
we  are  not  able  to  present  excerpts  from  field-recorded  in- 
terviews each  week,  "Down  Home  Dairyland"  now  casts 
a  broader  net  by  bringing  in  artists  from  farther  afield  in 
the  Midwest,  and  elsewhere  in  the  country  and  Canada. 
We  can  also  be  more  timely  in  responding  to  listener  re- 
quests and  inquiries,  because  the  time  between  produc- 
tion and  broadcast  is  shorter. 


The  show  is  more  established  and  continues 
to  receive  plaudits.  Nick  Spitzer,  producer  of  the  Folk 
Masters  concerts  and  broadcasts  from  Carnegie  Hall  and 
Wolf  Trap,  uses  segments  from  "Down  Home 
Dairyland"  as  instructional  examples  in  his  radio  produc- 
tion workshops. 

But  it  is  of  greater  significance  that  "Down 
Home  Dairyland"  has  been  one  factor  in  a  growing  ap- 
preciation of  Upper  Midwestern  musical  traditions.  In 
recent  years  the  NEA  has  awarded  National  Heritage 
Fellowships  to  some  of  the  finest  Upper  Midwestern  old- 
time  musicians:  Wisconsin's  Louie  Bashell,  Michigan's 
An  Moilanen  and  Minnesota's  Christie  Hengel.  Other 
Wisconsin  polka  bands  have  been  well  received  recently 
in  the  nation's  capitol:  Brian  and  the  Mississippi  Valley 
Dutchmen  had  an  enthusiastic  reception  at  the 
Smithsonian's  Festival  of  American  Folklife  in  1991,  and 
the  Jerry  Schneider  Orchestra  appeared  at  the  Kennedy 
Center  in  1992. 

Through  "Down  Home  Dairyland,"  the  Wis- 
consin Arts  Board  maintains  a  higher  profile  with  a  regu- 
lar media  product  serving  a  specific  artistic  need.  More- 
over, both  the  program's  inclusiveness  and  the  traditional 
musicians'  eclectic  intermingling  of  ethnic,  regional  and 
vernacular  content  provide  a  concrete  example  of  a  re- 
gional culture  dealing  positively  with  pluralism.  ■ 

Richard  March  has  been  on  the  staff  of  the  Wisconsin  Arts  Board  since 
1983.  He  has  a  Doctorate  of  Folklore  from  Indiana  University  and 
plays  such  diverse  instruments  as  the  diatonic  button  accordion  and  the 
tamburitza.  For  the  past  18  years  he  has  collaborated  with  the  Smithso- 
nian Institution  on  various  folklife  programs.  He  also  assists  the  Library 
of  Congress  in  the  preparation  of  the  annualSelect  List  of  Folk  Music 
Recordings,  and  is  on  the  advisory  board  of  the  Fund  for  Folk  Culture, 
a  national  folk  arts  philanthropy. 


CD 

O 
o 

X 

o 

3 

(D 

9 

Q 

3 

Q_ 

CO 

D 
CQ 
Q 


Creative  Marriages:  Traditional  Arts  Apprenticeships 


In  American  Samoa,  the  state  arts  agency  is  working  with  the  Samoans  to  set  up 
apprenticeships  with  master  artists  to  ensure  that  endangered  craft  skills,  such  as  canoe 
building,  do  not  vanish.  Here  two  men  work  on  a  model  canoe,  demonstrating  the 
intricate  skills  of  lashing  a  canoe. 

Photo  by  Lynn  Martin 


by  Bess  Lomax  Hawes  and  Barry  Bergey 


The  development  of  an  artist  is  by  no  means  a 
straightforward  matter  of  the  acquisition  of  infor- 
mation and  the  mastery  of  technique.  The  novice 
must  also  acquire  that  elusive  component  of  all  great 
art — style.  Style  means  not  just  what  notes  are  played, 
but  how  they  are  played;  how  the  colors  and  textures  in  a 
painting  relate  to  one  another;  how  a  singer's  vocal 
chords  widen  or  constrict;  how  and  when  a  dancer's  feet 
step  or  point.  Learning  style  isn't  easy  nor,  as  some 
people  think,  automatic.  No  less  a  master  than  Leonard 
Bernstein  once  observed  that  the  only  way  classical  musi- 
cians can  acquire  the  final  burnishing  essential  to  out- 
standing performances  is  by  being  allowed  direct  associa- 
tion with  senior  artists  of  stature;  in  other  words,  through 
some  kind  of  apprenticing,  where  the  subde  and  con- 
tinuous line  of  decisions  artists  must  make  can  be  joindy 
confironted.  The  classical  musician  must  learn  that  extra 
essential  dimension,  which  can't  be  written  down  on  the 
score;  they,  like  other  artists,  must  learn  style.  And  nowa- 
days not  just  one  style,  but  the  several  varied  styles  ex- 
pected of  the  well- trained  concert  musician. 

By  contrast  the  field  of  folk  arts  encompasses 
not  a  few,  but  hundreds,  even  thousands,  of  direcdy  rep- 
licated styles  of  music,  as  well  as  dance,  singing,  story  tell- 
ing, pot-throwing,  basket-weaving — artistic  behaviors  of 
all  types.  For  in  the  traditional  folk  arts,  essence  is  re- 
vealed by  the  particular — specificity  is  everything.  What 
is  this  basket  made  of*  What  is  its  use?  Which  tribe  owns 
this  dance?  Who  sings  this  song?  On  what  occasions? 
Each  traditional  artistic  item,  each  traditional  artistic 
event  is  the  cherished  production  of  a  particular  group 
and  it  represents  its  values,  its  concerns,  its  actual  being. 
In  very  real  ways  the  style  itself  contains,  indeed  is,  the 
message. 


#  Traditional  Arts  Apprenticing 

The  term  apprenticinghas  a  long  and  complex  history.  In 
the  general  field  of  the  arts  it  is  important  to  realize  that 
it  has  an  informal,  rather  than  legal,  usage.  It  has  nothing 
to  do  with  the  nationally  codified  and  union-approved 
training  of,  for  example,  building  tradesmen  like  plumb- 
ers, bricklayers  or  carpenters  through  the  general  stages  of 
apprentice,  journeyman  and  master.  In  folk  arts  the 
terms  master  and  apprentice  represent  a  particular  kind 
of  creative  marriage,  a  joining  together  of  the  experienced 
hand  and  the  eager  learner  to  ensure  that  the  tradition  is 
maintained  as  accurately  as  can  be  and  that  the  old  ideas 
get  a  respectfial  hearing. 

This  can  and  does  happen  sometimes  in  a 
school  room.  But  where  shifting  groups  of  small  cultures 
continually  jostle  for  their  place  in  the  sun,  large-scale 
training  programs  like  classes  and  workshops  tend  to  be 
ineffective,  except  perhaps  in  an  introductory  capacity.  In 
the  traditional  arts,  apprenticeships  are  ultimately  much 
more  productive.  This  is  why  from  its  very  beginning  in 
1977  the  NEA  Folk  Arts  Program  included  a  modest 
fiinding  provision  for  the  support  of  apprenticeships. 


State  Apprenticeship  Programs 

At  first  the  Folk  Arts  Program  handed  individual  appren- 
ticeships directly,  but  eventually  this  approach  was  aban- 
doned due  to  the  general  inefficiency  of  administering  at 
the  federal  level  dozens  of  small,  geographically-dis- 
persed, individual  grants.  In  1984  the  Folk  Arts  Program 
initiated  a  pilot,  state-based,  apprenticeship  funding  cat- 
egory intended  to  encourage  the  perpetuation  of  distinct 
folk  artistic  traditions.  This  new  program  sought  state 
partners,  most  frequendy  state  arts  agencies,  that  were 
able  to  draw  on  the  expertise  and  energies  of  state  folk 
arts  coordinators,  as  well  as  locate  matching  moneys. 
Twelve  states  participated  in  the  initial  year  of  this  pilot 


n 

Q 
I 


Q 
CO 
(D 


Q 

o' 

Q 


> 

-a 

3 

f5" 
0 

m 

■5' 


n 

CD_ 
(D 

cr 

Q 

5' 

CQ 
> 

3 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


< 

(D 


effort.  Thirty-six  states  now  conduct  active  apprentice- 
ship programs,  assisting  apprenticeships  in  art  forms  such 
as  Ukrainian  weaving,  Mississippi  blues,  cowboy  poetry, 
Cambodian  dance,  Sioux  beadwork  of  the  Northern 
Plains  and  Hispanic  santo  carving  of  the  Southwest. 
Some  state  arts  agencies  have  even  developed  spin-off  ac- 
tivities from  their  apprenticeship  programs,  including 
both  small  local  presentations  of  the  work  accomplished 
and  grander  projects  such  as  "Colorado  Folk  Arts  and 
Artists  1986-1990."  This  exhibit  featured  the  work  of 
Hispanic,  Native  American  and  other  Coloradan  master/ 
apprentice  teams  and  toured  the  state  in  1992. 


The  Urban  Apprenticeship 

To  see  how  apprenticing  works  in  a  large  urban  area  we 
can  turn  to  the  District  of  Columbia  Commission  on  the 
Arts  and  Humanities,  which  set  up  a  pilot  folk  arts  ap- 
prenticeship program  in  1989.  The  arts  commission  is 
entering  its  fourth  year  of  apprenticeships  in  such  arts 
traditions  as  Bengali  tahla  music,  Caribbean  steel-drum 
making  and  tuning,  the  song  repertoire  of  Guinea,  Afro- 
Cuban  drumming,  African  American  quilt  design  and 
technique,  the  music  of  the  Indian  sitar  znd  various  spe- 
cialized aspects  of  African  American  religious  music. 

In  the  commission's  current  program,  D.C.'s 
last  active  jubilee-style,  spiritual  singing  quartet,  called 
the  Four  Echoes,  works  with  the  Spiritual  Kings  of  Har- 
mony. The  Spiritual  Kings  is  comprised  of  ex-convicts 
who  formed  their  group  in  the  local  minimum-security 
prison.  Through  apprenticing  to  the  Four  Echoes,  who 
have  been  together  47  years,  the  younger  Spiritual  Kings 
of  Harmony  hope  to  learn  more  about  their  history  and 
cultural  tradition,  as  well  as  broaden  their  chances  for 
picking  up  engagements  by  acquiring  the  venerable  vocal 
style  that  is  still  greatly  appreciated  by  older  D.C.  audi- 
ences. This  apprenticeship  with  the  Spiritual  Kings  oc- 


curs directly  after  one  with  Prophecy:  Cops  for  Christ,  a 
gospel  quartet  of  the  Washington  Metropolitan  Police 
officers.  Last  year  Prophecy  worked  for  many  weeks  with 
the  Four  Echoes  to  increase  their  repertoire  of  traditional 
spirituals.  Prophecy  frequently  ran  through  a  song  or  two 
in  the  precinct  house  to  the  applause  of  those  waiting  to 
be  charged.  "We  were  locking  them  up  and  giving  them 
the  Lord's  word  at  the  same  time,"  said  the  bass-baritone. 

In  another  apprenticeship,  the  experienced 
quartet  trainer  and  vocal  coach  Samuel  Hubbard  has 
taken  on  a  contemporary  gospel  foursome  of  young 
black  men  to  help  them  refine  their  pitch  discrimination, 
rhythmic  precision  and  general  presentation.  "Every 
word  is  pronounced,  from  the  first  to  the  last,"  one  of  the 
apprentices  recently  declared  in  respectfiil  amazement. 

A  third  apprenticeship  is  being  conducted  by 
Deacon  Solomon  Bouknight,  an  African  American 
church  elder,  who  leads  his  congregation  every  Sunday  in 
the  old-fashioned  "lining-out"  hymn  style  in  which  the 
song  leader  sings  a  line  that  is  repeated  improvisationally 
by  all  those  present.  The  lining-out  style  dates  back  to 
slavery  and  beyond.  The  drawn-out,  surging  phrases  are 
intensely  emotional,  and  many  older  worshippers  feel 
that  if  they  don't  get  to  sing  at  least  one  such  song  they 
haven't  really  been  to  church. 

It  is  important  to  note  that  within  the  single 
category  of  traditional  African  American  religious  music, 
the  jubilee,  gospel  and  lining-out  styles  are  three  abso- 
lutely distinctive  stylistic  inventions.  None  of  these  styles 
could  be  learned  in  a  music  conservatory,  and  none  of 
the  three  masters  could  substitute  for  the  other. 


Fitting  the  Program  to  the  Culture 

Just  as  single  apprenticeships  historically  have  been  cus- 
tom-crafted to  meet  the  needs  of  the  master,  the  appren- 
tice and  the  unique  needs  of  the  art  form,  se  are  state  ap- 


In  Missouri,  Mone  Saenphimmachak  shows  apprentice 
Sithasone  Singarath  how  to  count  threads  for  the  design  of  a 
woven  scarf  or  pakbiang. 

Photo  by  Patrick  Janson 


n 

CO 


3 

CO 

> 

3 

(D 

n 

c 
Q 


prenticeship  programs  notable  for  their  variety  in  struc- 
ture and  flexibility  of  design.  These  jointly  (federal  and 
state)  funded  programs  are  of  necessity  administered  by 
state-based  cultural  specialists  because  the  apprentice- 
ships require  hands-on  involvement  with  individual  art- 
ists, including  contact  with  prospective  applicants  and 
evaluation  of  ongoing  pairings.  In  most  cases  apprentice- 
ships are  selected  through  formal  application  by  a  rotat- 
ing, state  arts  agency-selected  panel  of  cultural  specialists, 
arts  administrators  and  artists.  However,  other  patterns 
may  turn  out  to  be  culturally  more  appropriate.  The  evi- 
dent popularity  of  the  NEA  Folk  Arts  Program  may  in 
part  be  due  to  the  flexibility  of  its  rules,  which  allow  wide 
variation  in  methodology  while  simultaneously  main- 
taining clear  and  precise  goals. 

The  territories  of  the  Pacific  provide  some 
striking  case-studies  of  the  complexities  out  of  which  a 
working  apprenticeship  program  can  emerge.  For  ex- 
ample, American  Samoa  is  an  unincorporated  territory  of 
the  United  States  comprising  six  inhabited  islands  with  a 
total  population  of  under  40,000,  as  well  as  an  uninhab- 
ited bird  sanctuary.  Four  to  five  times  more  Samoans 
now  live  in  Hawaii  and  on  the  West  Coast  of  the  main- 
land than  in  7\merican  Samoa,  so  the  total  Samoan 
population  is  around  two  million  with  a  vast  dispropor- 
tion living  outside  Samoan  lifeways  and  customs.  John 
Enright,  the  folk  arts  coordinator  at  the  American  Samoa 
Arts  Council,  says  that,  while  far  from  vanished,  tradi- 
tional craft:  skills  have  become  endangered  by  the  arrival 
of  modern  commercial  allures.  "Many  masters  today,  age 
40  and  older,  learned  their  traditional  crafi;s  at  a  time 
when  simple  metal  blades  and  implements  were  the  sole 
modern  refinement  upon  their  ancestors'  methods  of 
handiwork.  But  as  Samoa  inexorably  becomes  a  money 
economy,  interest  in  and  time  to  devote  to  these  tradi- 
tional craft  skills  have  all  but  disappeared  in  a  single  gen- 


eration. The  tufiiga  (craftsmen)  are  respected  but  sparsely 
emulated." 

In  designing  an  apprenticeship  program 
Enright  realized  that  within  his  local  landscape  of  widely- 
dispersed  villages  headed  and  administered  by  chiefs,  the 
awarding  of  special  apprenticeship  grants  could  \esid  to 
intervillage  antagonisms.  Within  the  villages  themselves, 
each  extended  family  woidd  claim  its  own  accomplished 
craftspeople,  so  the  selection  of  particular  master  artists 
could  well  lead  to  perceived  insults  to  entire  families.  In  a 
society  that  has  traditionally  encouraged  and  valued 
group  activity,  the  one-on-one  learning  situation  of  a  Eu- 
ropean-style apprenticeship  is  not  only  an  obvious 
anomaly,  it's  frequently  regarded  as  just  plain  weird.  And 
finally,  in  terms  of  a  local  economy  that  is  only  partially 
dependent  on  currency,  the  interjection  of  money  into 
the  cultural  equation  could  be  ultimately  destructive. 

The  start-up  of  the  apprenticeship  program 
confirmed  Enright's  concerns.  There  was  no  response  to 
newspaper  and  radio  ads  in  Samoan  announcing  the  new 
program.  It  was  decided  then  that  he  should  speak  di- 
recdy  with  leaders  in  the  remote  and  dispersed  villages 
where  it  became  necessary  to  follow  the  long  and  slow 
process  of  chiefly  deliberation,  protocol  and  oratory. 
Eventually  this  approach  was  abandoned  also  because  it 
became  too  politicized,  and  an  even  slower  process  of  in- 
formal consultation  and  consensus  building  emerged.  Af- 
ter 12  months  of  apparent  inactivity,  a  time  extension  for 
the  pilot  grant  was  requested  and  eventually  approved.  A 
letter  from  Enright  at  the  time  referred  to  the  project  as 
"lurching  forward"  with  the  situation  discouraging  and 
often  enervating. 

Finally  four  pilot  apprenticeships  were  begun, 
with  two  of  the  apprenticeships  focused  on  pandanus 
mat  weaving,  another  one  focused  on  woodcarving  and 
the  last  one  focusing  on  traditional  house  building.  Mas- 


ter  carpenter  Togiva  Vai'au  worked  with  several  appren- 
tices at  diflFerent  times  in  the  construction  ofa.fale  tele,  a 
traditional  round  house,  at  the  International  Airport  at 
Pago  Pago.  Using  traditional  adzes,  the  apprentice  team 
decoratively  incised  structural  timbers  and  painstakingly 
bound  the  structure  with  130  miles  of  hand-braided  co- 
conut fiber.  In  1991  Hurricane  Ofa  struck  American  Sa- 
moa, destroying  many  island  buildings  including  the 
modern  hangars  and  warehouses  of  the  Pago  Pago  air- 
port. The  traditional ^mZ?  was  the  only  airport  building  to 
survive  unscathed. 

So  too  the  Samoan  apprenticeship  program 
has  weathered  the  ever-shifting  cultural  winds  of  this  Pa- 
cific island,  largely  due  to  the  investment  ofa  lot  of  time 
and  the  development  ofa  cultural  sensitivity  through 
lengthy  discussions  and  consultations.  Preparations  are 
currently  underway  for  a  third  round  of  apprenticeship 
grants.  In  an  optimistic  moment  as  he  struggles  with  his 
budding  program,  John  Enright  writes,  "I  always  take 
refuge  in  the  people  ....  For  them  I'm  not  a  program, 
just  a  person." 


Newcomers  and  Old  Settlers 
In  Samoa,  like  Washington,  D.C.,  we  can  see  the  impact 
of  the  apprenticeship  idea  upon  a  long-established  and 
resident  cultural  poptdation.  But  apprenticeships  are  also 
capable  of  addressing  some  of  the  needs  of  traditional  art- 
ists who  are  recent  arrivals  in  this  country.  For  recent  im- 
migrants, geographic  dislocation  is  ofi:en  no  less  severe 
than  the  cultural  disorientation  that  occurs  in  a  new 
country  where  there  is  a  primary  need  to  negotiate  an 
unfamiliar  terrain  of  values.  Choices  are  quickly  made 
about  what  to  retain,  what  to  discard  and  what  to  pass 
along  to  fiature  generations.  Though  most  cultures  reso- 
nate through  intensive  face-to-face  transmissions  of  artis- 
tic knowledge,  immigrant  artists  are  often  confi:onted 


with  a  situation  that  pits  cultural  preservation  against  the 
survival  of  health  and  home. 

The  Missouri  Traditional  Arts  Apprenticeship 
Program,  funded  through  the  Missouri  Arts  Council,  has 
supported  a  series  of  apprenticeships  involving  Mone 
Saenphimmachak,  a  Lowland  Lao  embroiderer  and 
weaver.  She  and  her  family  moved  to  St.  Louis  in  1 984 
fi-om  refugee  camps  in  Thailand,  having  fled  to  Thailand 
to  escape  the  political  troubles  in  Laos.  Mone  was  born 
in  Mahazai,  a  village  of  500  families  in  central  Laos,  and 
she  began  to  learn  weaving  and  embroidery  at  her 
mother's  side  at  the  age  of  12.  Mone  says  of  these  skills: 
"No  one  wants  to  marry  a  girl  who  can't  sew  .  .  .  Even 
very  wealthy  girls  who  would  never  have  to  sew  as  adults 
had  to  know  some  kind  of  handwork  in  order  to  be  con- 
sidered marriageable."  While  she  was  courting  Vanxay, 
her  husband-to-be,  his  mother  was  inspecting  her  weav- 
ing. As  part  of  the  process  of  betrothal,  Mone  had  to 
present  Vanxay's  mother  with  a  sarong  she  had  made. 

Lest  one  think  that  these  marriage  pre-condi- 
tions were  a  bit  one-sided,  Mone's  father  was  concerned 
that  his  future  son-in-law  did  not  know  how  to  build  a 
loom.  After  their  marriage  Mone's  father  instructed 
Vanxay  in  the  making  ofa  loom,  commenting,  "Why 
did  you  get  married  if  you  don't  even  know  how  to  make 
a  loom?" 

Since  moving  to  St.  Louis,  Mone  has  taught 
in  the  apprenticeship  program  for  four  of  the  past  five 
years,  instructing  seven  apprentices  on  looms  Vanxay  has 
constructed  for  her.  This  past  year  Vanxay  taught  a 
young  man,  the  husband  of  one  of  Mone's  apprentices, 
the  art  of  building  a  traditional  Lao  loom,  fiarther  echo- 
ing a  cycle  of  tradition  initiated  in  a  far-away  village  in 
Laos. 

Weaving  and  traditional  embroidery  seem  to 
be  pan  and  parcel  of  Mone  Saenphimmachak's  sense  of 


n 

(D 
Q 

<■ 

CD 


Q 
CQ 
0 


Q 
Q- 

o' 

Q 


> 

T3 
T3 

(D 

3 

o' 

(D 

V 

3- 

-d' 


n 

0_ 
CD 


3 
CQ 

> 

3 

CD 

n' 

n 

c 
c 

-1 

Q 


herself  and  her  bittersweet  past.  She  told  an  interviewer, 
"When  I  teach  sewing  I  feel  homesick  because  the  pat- 
terns I  make  on  the  material  remind  me  of  the  time 
when  my  mother  taught  me."  It  is  important  to  keep 
weaving,  she  says,  so  "we  may  recognize  ourselves  by 
these  patterns." 

These  woven  and  sewn  patterns,  a  repertoire 
of  visual  melodies,  can  only  be  passed  on  to  a  student  by 
means  of  a  long  and  intimate  process  of  demonstration 
and  instruction.  Lao  motifs  are  not  graphed  or  charted; 
they  emerge  on  the  loom  from  the  weaver's  internalized 
storehouse  of  designs.  A  site  visitor  to  Mone's  apprentice- 
ship notes:  "In  some  ways,  learning  each  pattern  is  much 
like  a  fiddler  working  out  a  new  tune — it  is  a  taxing 
memorization  process  that  also  requires  physical  dexterity 
and  precision." 

In  some  ways  Art  Galbraith,  a  fiddler  from 
southwest  Missouri,  might  seem  the  cultural  antithesis  of 
Mone  Saenphimmachak.  Six  generations  of  Galbraiths 
have  lived  in  the  Ozark  region.  Andrew  Galbraith,  Art's 
great-grandfather  born  in  1796  and  a  veteran  of  the  War 
of  1812,  moved  from  Tennessee  to  the  banks  of 
Missouri's  James  River  in  1841 .  A  dancing  master  and 
fiddler  of  Scottish  ancestry,  Andrew  Galbraith  passed  his 
tunes  through  generations  of  children  and  grandchildren 
until  many  landed  in  the  custody  of  Art  Galbraith,  who 
recently  died  at  the  age  of  83.  Art,  who  knew  hundreds 
of  tunes,  bemoaned  the  fact  that  when  some  fiddlers  play 
for  dances  they  tend  to  repeat  the  same  tune  all  night. 
He  said  that  after  twenty-five  repeats  "even  a  top-notch 
tune  can  begin  to  wear  on  you." 

When  he  selected  Justin  Bertoldie,  a  fourteen- 
year-old  fiddler,  Art  wanted  to  be  sure  that  in  addition  to 
learning  technique,  Justin  acquired  a  repertoire  of  these 
time-tested  tunes  and  an  appreciation  for  "the  history 
and  heritage  of  those  tunes."  He  also  wanted  to  be  cer- 


tain that  Justin  be  conversant  with  the  fiill  range  of  tune 
types — hoedowns,  waltzes,  jigs,  reels,  rags,  blues  and 
hornpipes. 

One  tune  especially  important  to  Art  was 
"The  Flowers  of  Edinburgh,"  an  old  melody  that  came 
from  his  great-grandfather  Andrew.  He  worked  especially 
hard  with  Justin  on  this  tune,  because  the  Galbraith  ver- 
sion is  unlike  that  performed  by  any  other  fiddler. 
Galbraith's  persistence  was  justly  rewarded.  At  a  National 
Council  on  the  Arts  meeting  held  in  St.  Louis  in  1988, 
Art  and  Justin  performed  "The  Flowers  of  Edinburgh"  to 
demonstrate  the  value  of  the  apprenticeship  program.  Af- 
ter they  had  played  the  complex  tune  several  times  in 
union.  Art  gradually  lightened  his  touch  until  he  sat  with 
his  fiddle  in  his  lap,  knowingly  smiling  at  the  realization 
that  neither  the  audience  nor  the  young  apprentice  was 
aware  that  the  mentor  had  stopped  playing. 


Learning  About  Learning 

In  contrast  to  other  activities  in  which  endless  definitions 
and  explanations  are  required,  the  aims  and  conditions  of 
an  apprenticeship  program  are  everywhere  easily  under- 
standable and  acceptable.  The  other  striking  characteris- 
tic of  an  apprenticeship  program  is  that  it  can  fit  in  just 
about  any  place,  serving  the  needs  and  interests  of  all 
kinds  of  groups — large  and  small,  urban  and  rural,  stable 
and  mobile,  religious,  occupational  and  ethnic.  A  few 
other  general  observations  have  become  evident  as  well 
during  the  program's  almost  16  years  of  tesdng  and 
experimentation: 

•  The  powerfiil  human  desire  to  extend  one's 
own  time  on  earth  is  often  expressed  by  a  longing  to 
share  one's  knowledge  with  juniors  so  that  they  can  carry 
it  forward.  Young  people  long  for,  but  do  not  always  re- 
ceive, opportunities  to  earn  adult  attention  and  approval. 
These  contradictory  but  positive  impulses  are  the  basic 


energizers  of  any  apprenticeship  program  and  should 
never  be  overlooked. 

•  Every  apprenticeship  program  and  every 
apprenticeship  within  it  needs  to  be  individually  carved 
out  of  a  baseline  set  of  principles  that  are  sufficiendy  flex- 
ible to  allow  for  cultural  differences  and  sufficiently  rigid 
to  encourage  the  production  of  art,  which  must  repre- 
sent, further  and  enhance  the  values  of  the  particular  cul- 
ture in  question.  (Contrary  to  popular  opinion,  folk  art  is 
rarely  widely  accessible  and  even  more  rarely  is  it  simple 
or  easy.) 

•  Genuine  apprenticeships  are  a  bit  like 
genuine  marriages:  tricky  to  arrange  and  even  trickier  to 
keep  going.  Individual  creative  impulses  must  be  negoti- 
ated at  all  stages  of  the  procedure,  and  a  great  deal  of 
work  devolves  upon  the  "marriage  counsellor,"  better 
known  as  the  arts  administrator,  who  keeps  trying  to 
bring  hopejfiil  couples  together  and  acts  as  both  referee 
and  consultant  should  any  difficulties  occur. 

•  It  is  therefore  unwise  to  initiate  an  appren- 
ticeship program  without  having  available  both  cultural 
expertise  and  an  energetic  support  staff.  This  is  a  pro- 
gram that  requires  hands-on  administration;  there  is  no 
use  putting  it  in  place  without  a  clear  understanding  that 
extraordinary  efforts  may  be  necessary  to  implement  it. 
On  the  other  hand,  extraordinary  art  may  result,  and 
that  is  not  an  everyday  happening. 

•  Finally,  apprenticeship  programs  seem  to 
succeed  when  they  draw  heavily  on  values  and  traditions 
embodied  in  and  reflective  of  very  particular  cultural 
landscapes.  As  with  forests  and  friendships,  deeply-rooted 
individual  apprenticeships  tend  to  stand  the  test  of  time. 
This  mysterious  process  succeeds  when  there  is  a  timely 
convergence  of  aptitude  and  attitude,  grounded  in  a 
sympathetic  cultural  terrain.  Like  so  many  good  ideas, 
the  concept  of  apprenticeships  came  to  us  unannounced 


from  the  past,  a  lesson  of  many  masters  from  many 
places.  And  like  good  apprentices,  the  NEA  Folk  Arts 
Program  and  its  state  arts  agency  partners  honor  this 
time-tested  concept  through  imitation.  ■ 

Bess  Lomax  Hawes  directed  the  Folk  Arts  Program  at  the  National  En- 
dowment for  the  Arts  until  her  retirement  in  1992.  Prior  to  this,  she 
was  assistant  director  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution 's  Festival  for 
American  Folklife,  and  for  more  than  20  years  she  taught  folklore,  eth- 
nomusicology  and  folk  music  in  various  California  universities.  She  is 
also  a  published  author,  and  has  directed  several  short  documentary 
films. 

Barry  Bergey  is  the  founder  of  the  Missouri  Friends  of  the  Folk  Arts  and 
served  as  co-director  of  the  Frontier  Folklife  Festival  in  St  Louis.  In  his 
former  capacity  as  the  Missouri  State  Folk  Arts  Coordinator,  he  initi- 
ated the  Missouri  Traditional  Arts  Apprenticeship  Program.  He  is  cur- 
rently the  assistant  director  of  the  Folk  Arts  Program  at  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts. 


n 

Q 
I 


Q 


Q 

o" 

3 
Q 


> 

-a 

3 

n' 
(D 

■6' 


I 


Culture  and  Science  Join  to  Save 
Maine  Indian  Basketry 


The  hands  of  Jane  Zumbrunnen,  Micmac  basketmaker,  weaving  brown  ash  splints  to 
make  a  fancy  basket.  With  the  assistance  of  the  Maine  Arts  Commission, 
basketmakers  from  Maine's  four  Indian  tribes  have  come  together  to  work  on  the 
problems  facing  brown  ash  basketry. 

Photo  by  Cedric  Chatterley 


by  Wayne  Curtis 


A  chill  wind  blows  in  from  the  west  on  a  squally 
mid-November  day  in  northern  Maine,  over- 
turning roadside  signs  touting  "Russets"  and 
"New  Potatoes."  The  terrain  offers  little  to  obstruct  the 
wind;  the  broad,  open  sweep  of  the  land  is  in  sharp  con- 
trast to  the  state's  image  of  rocky  coast  and  forests  thick 
with  spruce.  In  Aroostook  County,  a  sprawling  region 
more  northerly  than  Montreal,  the  landscape  is  domi- 
nated by  dark  potato  fields.  The  predominant  image  is  of 
an  endless,  overarching  sky. 

On  this  blustery  day  a  group  of  twenty 
basketmakers,  representing  two  of  the  state's  four  Indian 
tribes,  gathers  in  a  small  room  on  the  windswept  campus 
of  the  University  of  Maine  at  Presque  Isle  for  the  first  of 
a  series  of  basketmakers'  fonims.  The  basketmakers  have 
come  together  under  the  auspices  of  the  Maine  Arts 
Commission  to  enjoy  heaping  bowls  of  moose  stew;  to 
view  a  new  photographic  exhibit  of  basketmaking,  "Bas- 
ket Trees/Basket  Makers;"  and — for  the  first  time  ever — 
to  openly  discuss  the  problems  they  face  in  keeping  their 
craft  alive. 

After  the  stew  and  a  bit  of  banter  about  the 
photos  (several  fonim  participants  appear  prominendy  in 
them),  the  meeting  is  called  to  order.  Donald  Sanipass,  a 
former  president  of  the  Aroostook  Micmac  Cotmcil  and 
one  of  the  state's  most  respected  basketmakers,  starts  to 
give  a  brief  demonstration  of  the  basketmaker's  art.  He 
holds  aloft  a  four-foot  section  of  brown  ash,  about  five 
inches  in  diameter  and  split  lengthwise.  "You'll  notice 
there  isn't  much  white  in  here,"  Sanipass  says,  indicating 
the  grain,  the  heart  of  which  is  lighdy  streaked  with 
brown  as  if  stained  with  coffee.  "A  healthy  tree  has  a  lot 
of  white,"  he  says.  "When  it's  dark  inside,  it's  brittle." 
And  brittle  wood  is  about  as  much  use  to  a  basketmaker 
as  hardened  clay  is  to  a  potter. 

Sanipass  doesn't  get  much  fiarther  in  his  dem- 


onstration. His  comments  trigger  a  flurry  of  responses 
from  the  other  basketmakers,  many  of  whom  report 
similar  difiuculties  finding  suitable  wood  for  their  craft. 
"The  problem  is  finding  a  good  splint,"  says  Yvonne 
Nadeau,  another  Micmac  basketmaker.  "That's  our 
bread  and  butter,"  says  another,  clearly  worried. 

Eldon  Hanning,  a  Micmac  basketmaker  from 
Aroostook  County,  notes  that  the  quality  of  the  more 
valuable  white  annual  growth  rings  has  been  in  decline 
for  at  least  a  decade,  and  that  dark  and  britde  wood  is 
now  the  norm.  But,  he  goes  on  to  note,  a  bit  of  boastful- 
ness  creeping  into  his  tone,  prized  trees  haven't  disap- 
peared entirely.  He  tells  of  recently  harvesting  a  24-inch 
diameter  ash  that  was  nearly  aU  white  inside.  A  quiet, 
wistfiil  murmuring  fills  the  room  as  the  basketmakers  re- 
call the  days  when  such  trees  were  common.  This  is  per- 
haps the  most  eloquent  testimony  during  the  day  of  the 
precariotis  state  of  the  brown  ash  and  the  fiiture  of  In- 
dian basketry  in  Maine. 


Baskets  Fancy  and  Practical 
BrowTi  ash  splint  basketry  has  been  a  long-standing  tradi- 
tion among  Native  Americans  in  Maine  and  the  Cana- 
dian Maritimes.  The  art  has  been  passed  down  from  gen- 
eration to  generation  in  all  four  Indian  tribes  of  Maine 
— the  Micmacs,  the  Penobscots,  the  Maliseets  and  the 
Passamaquoddies.  Several  of  the  tribes'  creation  legends 
center  on  the  brown  ash  tree  where  the  legendary  hero 
Gluskabe  shot  an  arrow  into  a  brown  ash  tree  and  out 
sprang  the  Indian  people.  When  recounting  this  story, 
Penobscot  Tribal  Governor  Jerry  Pardilla  adds,  "Our 
roots  [like  the  ash  tree  roots]  are  deeply  in  the  land." 
The  baskets  take  a  variety  of  forms,  from 
fancy  to  fiinctional.  Following  contact  with  Europeans, 
basketmakers  often  created  with  trade  in  mind,  designing 
baskets  for  setders  in  need  of  containers  for  harvest  and 


n 

c 
c" 

—1 
(D 

Q 

3 

Q_ 

CO 
n 

(D' 

3 
O 
(D 

3' 


CO 
Q 

9 

3' 

CD 


q' 

3 

U3 

Q 

en 

(D 

4 


n 

(D_ 
(!) 


3 
CQ 

> 

3 

CO 

o" 

n 

c 

— ^ 

Q 


< 

0 


^ 


Storage.  In  the  later  nineteenth  century,  the  Victorian 
penchant  for  embellishment  found  its  way  to  the  ash  bas- 
kets, and  "fancy  baskets"  with  dyed  splints  and  intricate 
twists  came  on  the  market.  But  by  far,  the  most  com- 
monly produced  were  more  prosaic,  such  as  the  tradi- 
tional pack  baskets  used  by  tribal  hunters  and  woods- 
men, and  potato  baskets  with  handles  sturdy  enough  to 
serve  as  a  makeshift  field  stool. 

Basket  styles  may  vary  widely  between  the 
tribes.  Some  of  this  variation  is  due  to  the  fact  that  tradi- 
tional access  to  certain  materials  is  limited.  For  instance 
basketmakers  near  the  coast,  such  as  those  who  are  Pen- 
obscot or  Passamaquoddy,  have  greater  access  to  sweet- 
grass,  a  shoreline  grass  used  for  decorative  trim. 

Style  of  ash  preparation  may  also  vary. 
Micmac  basketmakers  start  out  with  a  quarter  section  of 
ash  log,  much  like  that  displayed  by  Sanipass,  to  prepare 
it  for  pounding,  which  splits  the  wood  into  long,  pliant 
strips  (or  splints)  along  its  growth  rings.  With  a  mallet  or 
the  blunt  end  of  an  axe,  they  pound  the  one-  or  two-inch 
planks  repeatedly  to  release  the  splints  from  the  log  sec- 
tion. Penobscot,  Passamaquoddy  and  Maliseet  basket- 
makers  score  the  log  in  one-  to  two-inch  segments  and 
pound  the  entire  log  intact.  These  basketmakers  claim 
that  although  more  time  and  effort  is  involved,  less  waste 
is  incurred  as  the  splints  are  piUled  from  the  log. 

The  next  step  for  all  basketmakers  is  splitting 
the  ash  splints  lengthwise  into  various  thickneslses,  some 
paper  thin  for  certain  fancy  baskets.  This  technique  is  ac- 
complished by  using  a  splitting  machine,  a  handmade 
wooden,  inverted  V-shaped  device.  The  machine  is 
placed  between  the  knees  and  the  splint  is  pulled  up 
through  a  slit  in  the  top.  Varying  the  tension  between 
the  knees  allows  the  strips  to  be  evenly  separated.  Next, 
the  splints  are  scraped  with  a  knife  to  thin  them  and  re- 
move rough  outer  edges.  In  general,  wider,  thicker  splints 


are  used  in  work  baskets  and  narrower,  thinner  splints 
are  used  in  fancy  baskets.  At  this  point,  some  basket- 
makers  may  dye  the  ash  to  add  colors. 

#  The  Brown  Ash 

The  tree  that  makes  this  all  possible  is  the  brown  ash 
(in  scientific  circles  it's  called  black  ash,  Fraxinus  nigra). 
The  brown  ash  isn't  a  particularly  notable  tree.  Slender 
and  rarely  exceeding  50  feet  in  height,  the  brown  ash 
prefers  marshes  and  stream  beds  where  it  can  absorb  pro- 
digious amounts  of  water.  This  saturated  condition 
makes  the  wood  only  marginally  useful  for  most  pur- 
poses, including  firewood,  but  highly  valuable  among 
basketmakers  for  its  extraordinary  pliancy.  Other  woods 
including  the  maple,  cedar  and  other  ashes  may  be  riven 
into  splints,  but  Maine's  basketmakers  say  that  brown 
ash  has  no  rival. 

In  the  eyes  of  basketmakers,  not  all  brown 
ashes  are  created  equal.  Ashes  found  on  higher  ground  or 
near  stands  of  cedar  tend  to  be  naturally  brittle  and  of 
little  use.  "You  have  to  know  the  ash  from  the  outside 
in,"  says  Lawrence  "Billy"  Shay  of  the  Penobscot  tribe. 
Many  of  the  basketmakers  say  that  the  art  of  basketry  be- 
gins well  before  the  first  splint  is  cut,  in  being  able  to 
identify  a  suitable  tree  in  the  forest. 

By  way  of  example.  Marge  Pelletier,  a 
Micmac  basketmaker  from  Fort  Kent,  says  she  asked  the 
land  manager  for  a  local  paper  company  if  he  had  any 
brown  ash  culled  from  his  stands  that  she  might  use.  He 
did,  and  he  arranged  for  a  truckload  to  be  delivered  to 
her  house.  After  it  was  dumped  in  her  yard  she  discov- 
ered it  was  all  knotty  and  dying.  She  asked  Donald 
Sanipass  to  poke  through  the  pile  for  usable  logs,  but 
there  was  nothing.  "It  was  the  worst  wood  I'd  ever  seen 
in  my  life,"  Sanipass  says  with  a  chuckle. 


Micmac  basketmaker  Richard  Silliboy  inspecting  a 
brown  ash  tree  to  see  if  it  is  healthv  and  thus  usable 
for  basketr}-. 
Photo  by  Cedric  Chanerley 


n 

(D_ 

(D 

D" 

-1 
Q 

5' 
CQ 

> 

3 

(D 

o' 

n 

c 
c 
Q 


< 


Finding  Good  Ash 
But  as  the  shared  comments  at  the  first  forum  suggest, 
even  those  well  versed  in  selecting  good  ash  trees  are 
finding  it  harder  these  days.  Sanipass,  who  has  been  mak- 
ing ash  baskets  for  35  years,  says  that  even  ash  in  the 
swampy  areas  is  becoming  brittle,  which  all  agree  is  an 
unsettling  trend.  "I've  walked  into  many  areas  and  I 
think,  'Oh  boy!  I've  struck  a  gold  mine',"  he  says.  "But 
then  not  one  tree  is  any  good." 

Sanipass  says  that  the  brittleness  sets  in  when 
a  tree  starts  to  die.  And  this  mortality  is  afflicting 
younger  and  younger  trees.  A  decade  or  two  ago  he  could 
regularly  turn  up  large  and  healthy  trees,  like  the  one 
Eldon  recently  found,  but  these  days  similarly  fine  speci- 
mens are  rare.  Even  trees  of  just  four  or  five  inches  in  di- 
ameter show  signs  of  early  decline,  such  as  splitting  and 
peeling  bark  and  limbs  slowly  dying  some  20  or  30  feet 
above  the  ground.  "A  few  limbs  will  tell  you  the  whole 
story,"  he  says. 

"Someone  has  to  look  at  why  they're  dying," 
Sanipass  says.  "Right  now  we  can  just  guess  at  it.  I  sus- 
pect that  pesticides  or  acid  rain  have  something  to  do 
with  it.  Something's  the  matter  with  the  water." 


The  Sweetgrass  Model 

The  declining  health  of  the  brown  ash  first  came  to  the 
attention  of  the  Maine  Arts  Commission  (MAC)  in 
1991  when  Kathleen  Mundell,  a  traditional  arts  associ- 
ate, found  that  basketmakers  throughout  the  state  were 
finding  widespread  shortages  of  ash.  Even  with  fiinding 
from  the  MAC  Traditional  Arts  Apprenticeship  Pro- 
gram, basketmakers  could  not  track  down  adequate  ash 
splints.  "Several  basketmakers  said,  'This  is  great  to  try 
and  work  on  the  passing  on  of  the  skills,  but  there's  an- 
other problem  here  as  well',"  Mundell  recalls. 


Mundell  prepared  two  grant  proposals  for  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  Folk  Arts  Program  to 
address  the  problem.  The  first  was  for  an  exhibit  that 
would  help  focus  and  draw  attention  to  the  brown  ash 
basketry  and  the  concerns  of  the  makers.  The  second  was 
to  fiind  a  series  of  meetings  to  allow  the  basketmakers  to 
gather  and  discuss  the  issue  both  among  themselves  and 
with  natural  resource  professionals.  Both  proposals  were 
ftmded. 

In  casting  around  for  possible  avenues  down 
which  to  proceed,  Mundell  found  an  earlier  precedent 
where  a  traditional  art  form  had  been  threatened  by  a  de- 
clining resource.  As  it  turned  out,  in  the  late  1 980s  Afri- 
can American  basketmakers  in  the  low  country  of  South 
Carolina  had  faced  a  similar  challenge. 

In  that  case,  the  supplies  of  sweetgrass  used  in 
traditional  basketry  were  slowly  dwindling,  mostly  due  to 
sunbelt  development.  Housing  subdivisions,  malls  and 
commercial  expansion  were  reducing  access  to  the  reedy 
grasses  used  in  making  coiled  baskets,  an  art  form  that 
had  been  carried  to  American  shores  from  Africa  during 
the  slave  trade.  Dale  Rosengarten,  a  historian  who  served 
as  guest  curator  of  the  McKissick  Museum's  Low  Coun- 
try Basket  Project,  reported  then  that  she  heard  the  same 
refrain  from  every  basketmaker:  "The  supply  of  sweet- 
grass is  shrinking  fast.  We  need  help  finding  more." 

To  address  this  problem,  a  sweetgrass  confer- 
ence was  convened  in  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  to 
bring  together  concerned  individuals,  including  basket- 
makers,  folklorists,  scientists  and  public  officials.  Con- 
cerns were  aired  and  a  number  of  initiatives  proposed. 
These  initiatives  included  the  creation  of  a  new  commu- 
nity organization  to  negotiate  grass-harvesting  rights  on 
privately  owned  islands,  the  involvement  of  the  U.S.  De- 
partment of  Agriculture  in  expanding  propagation  of  the 
grass  and  a  coastal  inventory  of  existing  sweetgrass  stands. 


#  Building  a  Bridge 

Wanting  to  learn  from  the  experience  of  others,  the 
Maine  Arts  Commission  sought  the  advice  of  Rosen- 
garten  and  basketmakers  across  the  country,  including 
the  California  Indian  Basketweavers  Association.  Rosen- 
garten  spent  several  days  in  Maine  last  year  meeting  with 
basketmakers,  and  concurred  with  the  arts  commission 
that  a  similar  statewide  conference  would  be  beneficial  in 
sharing  concerns  and  exploring  possible  solutions.  Be- 
cause Maine  basketmakers  were  more  widely  scattered 
and  less  cohesive  than  their  South  Carolina  counterparts, 
the  arts  commission  planned  smaller  gatherings  prior  to 
the  statewide  conference  in  order  to  identify  a  common- 
ality of  purpose. 

The  arts  commission  set  about  building  a 
bridge  between  itself  and  the  basketmaking  community 
by  hiring  Theresa  Hoffrnan  as  coordinator  of  the  project. 
A  talented  young  Penobscot  basketmaker  and  a  natural 
resources  professional  employed  by  the  Penobscot  Na- 
tion, Hoffman  was  familiar  with  concerns  about  resource 
management  as  well  as  the  needs  of  the  basketmaking 
community.  She  also  brought  a  well-grounded  sense  of 
the  challenges  the  project  would  face.  "It's  very  hard  to 
organize  basketmakers,"  she  says,  pointing  to  the  geo- 
graphic distances  in  northern  Maine,  the  advanced  age  of 
many  basketmakers  and  their  fierce  independence. 

Once  the  bridge  was  in  place  with  Hoffman 
as  coordinator,  the  next  step  was  to  get  the  basketmakers 
talking  among  themselves  about  the  problems.  The  pho- 
tographic exhibit,  which  was  initially  designed  simply  to 
be  an  educational  display,  took  on  a  more  dynamic  role. 
The  traveling  exhibit,  entitled  "Basket  Trees/Basket 
Makers,"  documented  the  craft  through  a  series  of  pho- 
tographic portraits  depicting  the  basketmakers  at  work. 

The  displays — ^which  were  mounted  in  unas- 
suming ash  frames — ^were  accompanied  with  explanatory 


text  and  quotes  from  the  basketmakers  themselves.  A  16- 
page  booklet  with  color  photographs  was  also  produced 
and  incorporated  photos  and  text  from  the  exhibit.  "Bas- 
ket Trees/Basket  Makers,"  which  was  first  displayed  at 
the  University  of  Maine  library  at  Presque  Isle,  gradually 
became  a  focal  point  for  bringing  together  the  20  basket- 
makers,  many  of  whom  were  meeting  for  the  first  time. 

Traditional  moose  stew,  served  up  from  a 
bubbling  crock  pot,  provided  an  extra  incentive  to  attend 
this  first  forum,  particularly  among  the  older  basket- 
makers.  But  the  greatest  incentive  turned  out  to  be  the 
opportunity  to  exchange  information  and  express  pent- 
up  concerns  and  grievances.  By  providing  this  outlet, 
Mimdell  was  also  able  to  gauge  whether  the  basketmak- 
ers truly  were  interested  in  working  together  to  resolve 
their  greatest  challenges.  Without  that  resolve,  Mundell 
reasoned,  a  conference  would  serve  little  purpose. 


Educating  the  Consumer 

While  the  health  of  the  ash  was  a  central  topic  of  discus- 
sion, it  was  by  no  means  the  only  one.  The  subject  of 
economic  incentive — a  common  theme  in  the  traditional 
arts — came  up  frequently,  rivaling  the  decline  of  the  ash 
as  a  subject  of  interest.  Several  program  participants 
noted  that  the  prices  for  baskets  had  risen  considerably  in 
recent  decades,  but  more  gains  were  needed  to  ensure  ash 
basketry's  friture. 

Madeline  Shay,  a  77-year-old  Penobscot 
basketmaker,  noted  that  she  had  been  making  baskets 
since  she  was  a  young  girl.  "When  I  first  made  them, 
they  went  for  fifty  cents  apiece,"  she  recalls.  "And  even 
then  they  said  that  was  too  much."  Today,  Shay  sells  her 
"fancy  baskets"  for  as  much  as  $85.  But  others  pointed 
out  that  this  is  the  wholesale  price  paid  by  a  museum  gift 
shop,  which  then  doubles  the  price  before  they  reach  col- 
lectors. Several  suggested  that  the  makers  should  keep  the 


O 


Q 

3 
Q- 

Q 

a' 
n 

(0 


CO 
Q 


3 
O 

5" 
9- 

q' 

Z3 

DO 

Q 

t/> 

(D 


n 

(D 
D" 

—1 
Q 

5' 

> 

3 

n 

c_ 
c" 
Q 


< 

CO 


mark-up  rather  than  the  museum.  By  the  close  of  this 
first  forum  the  basketmakers  agreed  to  work  together  as  a 
group  to  pursue  these  common  issues  and  so  formed  the 
Maine  Indian  Basketmakers  Alliance. 

Participants  in  this  first  forum  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maine  also  embraced  the  notion  of  expanding 
public  education  eflForts.  Serious  collectors  know  well  the 
value  of  the  baskets  and  ofiren  remark  at  the  reasonable 
prices  Maine's  basketmakers  charge,  especially  compared 
to  dealers  in  the  larger  cities.  But  the  market  remains  lim- 
ited to  these  select  few.  More  typical  are  the  casual  shop- 
pers who  come  across  the  baskets  in  a  shop  and  loudly 
comment  that  baskets  are  much  cheaper  at  Pier  One  Im- 
ports, a  national  retail  chain.  "People  have  to  know  that 
this  is  a  form  of  art,  not  just  baskets  by  the  dozen,"  says 
Theresa  Hoffman. 

Several  ideas  about  education  were  put  forth, 
among  them  developing  a  video  showing  the  painstaking 
and  detailed  crafi:smanship  involved  in  producing  an  ash 
basket.  Shopkeepers  could  run  this  for  their  customers, 
and  teachers  for  their  students.  More  detailed  brochures 
and  hang-tags  on  the  products  themselves  were  also  dis- 
cussed. Gary  Stanton  shared  his  successfiil  experience 
with  the  South  Carolina  sweetgrass  basketmakers.  There, 
the  state  helped  underwrite  a  detailed  brochure  about 
sweetgrass  basketry  to  be  distributed  through  shops  and 
state  tourism  offices,  boosting  interest  and  sales.  "The 
American  public-is  hungry  for  things  that  have  roots,  and 
they're  willing  to  pay  for  them,"  Stanton  says.  "But  they 
have  to  know  about  them." 

Forum  participants  hope  that  through  educa- 
tion the  market  will  expand  and  the  economic  incentive 
to  learn  basketry  will  increase,  making  basketry  competi- 
tive with  other  jobs  in  the  eyes  of  younger  tribal  mem- 
bers. Today's  basket  prices,  while  healthier  than  in  the 
past,  need  fiarther  gains  to  ensure  that  the  next  genera- 


tion will  carry  on  the  art.  Through  a  grant  from  the  Of- 
fice of  Public  Partnership  at  the  National  Endowment 
for  the  Arts,  the  Maine  Arts  Commission,  in  conjunction 
with  the  Maine  Indian  Basketmakers  Alliance  and  the 
Maine  Office  of  Tourism,  is  investigating  hiring  a  mar- 
keting constiltant  who  will  work  with  the  alliance  in  de- 
veloping a  marketing  strategy.  Such  a  strategy  would  pro- 
mote Maine  Indian  basketry  outside  the  region  and 
result  in  better  prices  for  the  work. 

And  many  agree  that's  imperative  if  brown 
ash  basketry  is  to  survive.  "At  least  a  generation  has  al- 
ready been  dropped,"  Theresa  Hoffman  says,  noting  that 
her  great-grandmother  was  a  basketmaker  but  not  her 
mother  or  her  grandmother.  "This  is  almost  gone.  It's 
our  last  chance." 

Through  cooperation  and  better  remunera- 
tion, the  image  of  basketry  within  the  tribes  themselves 
may  also  begin  a  needed  rehabilitation.  For  many,  par- 
ticularly among  the  older  Indians,  making  baskets  has 
been  viewed  distastefijlly  as  a  means  of  basic  survival,  not 
as  an  art  form.  "I  sold  baskets  when  I  was  young,  with 
my  parents,  and  we'd  go  from  house  to  house,"  recalls 
Marge  Pelletier.  "You'd  bring  in  these  baskets  and  no- 
body wanted  them.  You  almost  had  to  give  them  away. 
We  sold  them  for  five  cents." 

Pelletier's  parents  discouraged  her  from  pur- 
suing basketry  because  of  its  association  with  poverty. 
They  told  her  to  go  to  school  and  not  to  worry  about 
baskets  or  she'd  be  poor  all  her  life.  "Now  that  I've  gone 
to  school  and  I've  done  my  thing,  I  think:  Look  at  what 
I've  missed  all  this  time,"  she  says.  "It's  such  a  fine  art." 

#  Culture  and  Science  Meet 

As  this  chapter  was  being  written,  a  second  forum  took 
place  on  the  Passamaquoddy  reservation,  followed  by  a 
statewide  conference.  The  conference,  sponsored  by  the 


Maine  Arts  Commission,  the  Maine  Indian  Basketmak- 
ers  Alliance  and  the  University  of  Maine's  forestry 
department,  brought  together  basketmakers,  tribal  lead- 
ers from  the  four  main  tribes,  as  well  as  folklorists  and 
state  foresters  to  address  two  broad  concerns:  the  declin- 
ing health  and  availability  of  the  brown  ash  tree  and  the 
need  to  improve  marketing  of  brown  ash  baskets  to  a 
wider  public. 

A  discussion  about  the  trees  themselves  re- 
vealed that  a  survey  on  the  health  of  the  brown  ash  trees 
conducted  by  the  Maine  Forest  Service  corroborated  an- 
ecdotal evidence  from  basketmakers  in  the  four  tribes 
who  have  known  for  the  last  1 5  or  20  years  that  there  are 
problems  with  the  brown  ash  trees.  Although  there  has 
been  documentation  that  the  brown  ash  trees  have  de- 
clined since  the  1930s  in  the  Northeast,  no  research  has 
been  done  in  northern  Maine  on  these  and  other  hard- 
wood trees.  According  to  the  survey,  the  crown  condi- 
tion of  most  existing  brown  ash  trees  was  "moribund." 
The  majority  of  the  trees  displayed  crowns  that  were 
more  than  60  percent  dead.  Several  theories  about  the 
deterioration  of  the  brown  ash  tree  were  mentioned,  in- 
cluding drought,  disease  caused  by  microorganisms  and 
insects,  groundwater  pollution  resulting  from  overuse  of 
agricultural  chemicals,  indicriminate  harvesting  by  forest- 
ers and  airborne  pollutants,  such  as  acid  rain. 

The  conference  featured  a  presentation  by  the 
Brown  Ash  Task  Force,  a  group  of  foresters,  basket- 
makers  and  community  members  created  in  1990  to  ad- 
dress the  concerns  of  the  four  tribes  about  the  availability 
of  quality  brown  ash  trees  for  baskets.  What  is  unique 
about  the  group  is  that  it  represents  a  blend  of  traditional 
cultural  values  with  a  scientific  approach.  The  task  force 
noted  that  tribal  uses  of  natural  resources  have  both  cul- 
tural and  religious  significance,  which  lends  a  different 
perspective  to  the  problem.  The  task  force  suggested  a 


three-stage  process  for  addressing  the  problem:  1 .  Iden- 
tify and  describe  existing  stands  of  brown  ash  with  a  goal 
to  develop  a  preservation  plan  for  them.  2.  Research  and 
develop  with  the  University  of  Maine  forestry  depart- 
ment test  plots  of  brown  ash  trees  to  develop  hybrids.  3. 
Create  ten-acre  plantations  on  each  of  the  four  reserva- 
tions to  grow  hybrid  brown  ash. 


A  Fabulous  Start 

Mundell  admits  that  she  didn't  know  what  to  expect  at 
the  first  forum.  As  it  turned  out,  the  two  forums  and  the 
conference  reflected  an  urgent  need  for  communication, 
both  within  and  outside  the  basketmaking  community. 
Preserve  the  resource.  Educate  the  public.  Instill  a  re- 
newed sense  of  pride.  Forum  participants  agreed  that 
these  are  foundations  on  which  the  brown  ash  project 
must  build.  And  channels  of  communication  are  already 
becoming  established  outside  of  the  usual  channels. 

The  final  chapter  has  yet  to  be  written. 
Whether  the  decline  of  the  ash  can  be  reversed  and  the 
markets  for  ash  baskets  improved  remains  to  be  seen.  But 
the  direction  is  true  and  the  progress  so  far  has  been 
swift:.  And  optimism  prevails.  Before  leaving  the  first  fo- 
rum and  heading  out  the  door  into  November's  early 
winter,  NEA  observer  Gary  Stanton  saw  only  encourage- 
ment: "I  think  they're  off  to  a  fabulous  start."  ■ 

Wayne  Curtis  is  editor  of  Casco  Bay  Weekly,  an  alternative  newspaper 
in  Portland,  Maine.  He  is  a  former  free-lance  writer  and  author  of 
Maine:  Off  the  Beaten  Path. 


n 

c 
Q 

3 
Q- 

CO 
Q 

n 

0) 


CO 

Q 

< 

<D 


3 
(D 

5" 

Q- 


03 

Q 

en 


Strengthening  Organizations  to  Fulfill 
Community  Needs 


^k    Alexa  Canady  signs  autographs  following  her  speech  at  the  Columbus  Museum  of  Art. 
Dr.  Canady's  appearance  was  in  conjunction  with  the  exhibition  "I  Dream  a  World: 
Portraits  of  Black  Women  Who  Changed  America." 
Photo  by  Eric  Shinn 


by  John  Rufus  Caleb 


The  Columbus  Museum  of  Art  in  Columbus, 
Ohio,  has  never  regretted  its  decision  to  change 
its  image.  The  African  American  Arts  Alliance 
has  grown  from  one  woman's  dream  to  a  regional  orga- 
nization in  Pennsylvania.  And  the  Asociacion  de  Miisicos 
Latino-Americanos  is  keeping  the  music  alive  in  Philadel- 
phia. In  rural  Indiana,  Perry  County  citizens  answered 
the  call  for  a  town  meeting  and  are  now  busy  celebrating 
the  arts  through  their  new  local  arts  council. 

The  directions  these  arts  organizations  have 
taken  have  been  encouraged  and  supported  by  their  re- 
spective state  arts  agencies.  In  each  situation  an  agency 
program  created  to  increase  the  diversity  of  artists,  arts 
presenters  and  audiences  made  a  significant  contribution 
to  community  life. 

The  three  programs  profiled  in  this  chapter 
exemplify  ways  state  arts  agencies  support  cultural  diver- 
sity: by  strengthening  the  anistic  and  managerial  abilities 
of  multicultural  organizations,  helping  mainstream  orga- 
nizations connect  with  the  cultural  communities  around 
them  and  providing  audiences  with  greater  access  to  art- 
ists and  arts  events  in  their  communities.  These  programs 
share  the  common  philosophy  of  helping  participants  to 
help  themselves.  By  providing  organizations  with  the 
means  to  strengthen  and  develop,  state  arts  agencies  are 
helping  to  ensure  the  continuation  of  artistic  and  cultural 
traditions. 

Ohio 

^  Reaching  Out  in  Columbus 
A  record  21,000  visitors  attended  the  1992  summer  ex- 
hibit "I  Dream  A  World:  Portraits  Of  Black  Women 
Who  Changed  America,"  at  the  Columbus  Museum  of 
Art  in  Columbus,  Ohio,  and  the  overwhelming  majority 
of  the  visitors  were  7\frican  American.  As  perceptions  of 
the  Columbus  Museum  of  Art  were  changing  in  the 


community,  "I  Dream  A  World"  with  its  attendant  pro- 
gramming was  having  a  profound  influence  on  the  mu- 
seum internally.  The  exhibit  had  opened  a  door. 

According  to  Columbus  Museum  of  Art  As- 
sistant Director  Denny  Griffith,  "Factors  both  outside 
and  inside  the  museum  converged  to  make  the  exhibit 
possible.  From  the  outside,  there  was  funding  from  the 
Ohio  Arts  Council's  Building  Diverse  Audiences  Pro- 
gram, while  on  the  inside,  Columbus  Museum  of  Art 
Director  Merribell  Parsons  had  just  arrived  with  outreach 
experience  fi"om  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  in 
New  York  City.  Without  the  two,  neither  'I  Dream  A 
World'  nor  the  smaller  events  surrounding  the  exhibit 
would  have  occurred." 


Building  Diverse  Audiences 

Through  the  Building  Diverse  Audiences  Program,  the 
Ohio  Arts  Council  (OAC)  provides  substantial  funding 
(up  to  $25,000  per  year)  for  institutions  with  a  serious 
commitment  to  making  their  programming  more  acces- 
sible to  minorities  and  special  constituents.  The  pro- 
gram's four-year  process  involves  one  year  for  planning 
and  two  to  three  years  for  implementation,  or  a  year  of 
planning  for  another  targeted  audience.  As  a  result  of  a 
1987  survey  of  major  institutions,  the  OAC  found  that 
many  institutions  wanted  to  reach  out  to  new  audiences, 
but  did  not  have  the  money,  staff  or  time  to  mount  an 
outreach  campaign.  In  this  scenario  the  Columbus  Mu- 
seum was  no  different  from  other  major  Ohio  institu- 
tions, except  perhaps  in  the  depth  of  its  commitment  to 
open  the  museum's  doors. 

The  museum  applied  for  a  one-year  planning 
grant  and  plunged  into  its  outreach  initiative  in  January 
of  1989.  Griffith  met  with  Phyllis  Hairston,  Building 
Diverse  Audiences  coordinator  of  the  Ohio  Arts  Council, 
to  explain  the  goals  and  objectives  of  the  museum,  in  ad- 


(D 

13 
CQ 

(D 

3_ 
3' 

CQ 

O 

CQ 
Q 

3 

n' 

Q 

o' 

=1 

3" 

-n 

c 


n 

o 

3 

3 

c 


(D 
Q- 


n 

<D_ 
CD 

cr 

Q 

5' 

CO 

> 

3 

(D 
in" 

n 


< 

(D 
(A 


dition  to  its  plans  for  achieving  them.  "We  had  to  con- 
vince the  museum  that  attracting  people  of  color  was 
more  complex  than  marketing  via  traditional  means. 
We're  not  talking  about  people  who  are  in  tune  to  visit- 
ing art  museums.  This  target  audience  had  not  been 
made  to  feel  welcome  in  the  past.  They  are  not  going  to 
just  receive  a  flier  in  the  mail  and  decide  to  go.  Better 
marketing  tools  were  word-of-mouth  recommendations 
and  individual  ticket  sales."  The  OAC  staff  further  sug- 
gested that  the  museum  convene  an  advisory  committee 
of  African  American  artists,  educators,  civic  leaders  and 
other  professionals,  who  knew  the  channels  for  reaching 
their  community. 

The  individuals  who  consented  to  join  the 
Minority  Outreach  Committee  were  all  sympathetic  to 
the  museum's  goals.  As  Griffith  was  aware,  not  everyone 
in  the  minority  community  was  prepared  to  endorse  the 
museum's  three-year  effort.  The  Columbus  Museum  was 
the  result  of  generations  of  patron  families,  all  of  Euro- 
pean descent.  Neither  the  museum's  patrons  nor  its  staff 
had  been  exposed  to  African  American  art,  and  they  had 
experienced  little  interaction  with  the  African  American 
community — only  a  stone's  throw  from  the  museum. 

The  initial  meetings  of  the  Minority  Out- 
reach Committee  were  frank,  even  confrontational,  but 
fortunately  not  antagonistic.  The  museum  discovered 
that  it  was  perceived  as  both  a  resource  to  the  commu- 
nity, and  yet  still  a  club  for  the  wealthy.  The  museum 
was  told  pointedly  that  to  be  successfiil  in  its  outreach  it 
would  have  to  plaJi  with  the  African  American  commu- 
nity, not  ^r  the  African  American  community.  As  the 
meetings  progressed,  the  museum  had  to  come  to  terms 
with  how  it  truly  felt  about  opening  its  doors.  How  com- 
fortable would  it  feel  with  this  new  audience?  Griffith 
and  his  colleagues  spent  much  of  that  winter  reflecting 
on  how  narrow  the  institution's  focus  had  always  been. 


Catherine  Willis  was  one  of  the  initial  mem- 
bers of  the  advisory  committee.  A  retired  city  school 
teacher,  Willis  brought  a  decade  of  experience  as  a  pre- 
senter of  arts  programs  within  the  African  American 
community.  She  had  long  felt  the  museum  was  not 
'open'  to  the  entire  community.  "We  all  support  the  mu- 
seum with  tax  money,"  she  repeatedly  instructed  the 
board  and  the  staff.  "In  return,  people  of  color  need  to 
have  a  sense  of 'ownership'  of  the  museum."  The  com- 
ment was  effective. 

By  August  of  1989,  the  committee  wa!s  able 
to  identify  the  two  major  barriers  to  museum  participa- 
tion by  African  Americans:  the  lack  of  African  Americans 
on  both  staff  and  board,  and  the  small  number  of  Afri- 
can American-related  artworks  in  the  collection,  which 
created  the  general  perception  of  the  museum  as  an  all- 
white  institution. 

Soon  after,  the  museum's  board  adopted  an 
institutional  policy  and  position  statement  describing  its 
outreach  aspirations:  "We  believe  that  the  fiiture  of  the 
Columbus  Museum  of  Art  is  tied  to  its  relationship  to  a 
community  and  society  that  is  plural  and  culturally  di- 
verse in  nature.  Therefore,  it  is  our  belief  and  stated  goal 
to  seek  a  level  of  inclusiveness  at  all  institutional  levels 
that  adequately  and  accurately  reflects  the  diversity  and 
plurality  of  the  world  in  which  we  live." 

As  a  vehicle  for  implementing  board  policy,  a 
standing  African  American  Cultural  Committee  was 
formed.  By  year's  end,  the  Cultural  Committee  intro- 
duced the  museum's  staff  and  volunteers  to  African 
American  art  and  artists  with  two  slide/lecture  presenta- 
tions. Unique  African  American  films,  like  Losing 
Groundhy  feminist  filmmaker  Kathy  Collins,  and  a 
video  festival  were  co-sponsored  by  the  museum  and  the 
National  Black  Programming  Consortium,  based  in  Co- 
lumbus. Ohio  State  University's  Black  Studies  Depart- 


ment  became  a  resource  for  material  and  expertise  on  Af- 
rican American  art  and  culture.  By  the  second  year  of  the 
Building  Diverse  Audiences  Program,  the  Columbus 
Musetmi  of  Art  began  to  exhibit  African  American  artists 
from  the  community  in  major  solo  exhibits  featuring  lo- 
cal artists  Aminah  Robinson  and  William  Hawkins.  The 
traveling  exhibition  "Wild  Spirits/Strong  Medicine:  Afri- 
can Art  And  The  Wilderness,"  organized  by  the  Center 
for  African  Art,  was  also  mounted,  and  collaborations 
with  other  organizations  deepened. 

The  curatorial  staff  surveyed  its  holdings  of 
African  American  art  and  came  back  both  shamefaced 
and  delighted:  the  museum  had  more  African  American 
art  than  they  had  realized.  Evidendy  the  Columbus  Mu- 
setmi  of  Art  had  a  history  of  going  to  the  studios  of  Co- 
lumbus-based African  American  artists  and  purchasing 
their  work.  What  remained  was  to  catalogue  the  works 
and  then  mount  them.  For  Griffith  the  outreach  effort 
was  becoming  like  destiny:  the  museum  was  truly  frilfiU- 
ing  its  mission  as  an  educational  institution. 

Catherine  Willis  could  see  the  museum  was 
changing  and  so  accepted  membership  to  the  board. 
"The  success  of  the  outreach  effort  was  going  to  depend 
ultimately  on  a  board  that's  been  sensitized  to  multicul- 
tural concerns  and  issues.  I  could  see  that  something  was 
beginning  to  happen  with  the  board,  but  I  wasn't  certain 
they  were  ready  to  extend  themselves  completely . . . 
People  don't  jtimp  from  one  set  of  values  and  attitudes 
overnight.  Change  comes  slowly,  and  only  through  edu- 
cation, exposure  and  interaction." 

"I  Dream  A  Wodd:  Portraits  of  Black 
Women  Who  Changed  America,"  a  major  exhibit,  was 
recommended  by  both  the  African  American  Ctiltural 
Committee  and  the  museum  staff.  The  touring  exhibit 
of  75  large  portrait  photographs  by  Brian  Lanker  was  a 
roll  call  of  artists  and  activists  who  overcame  racism,  pov- 


erty and  sexism  through  their  strength  and  conviction. 
With  the  exhibit's  related  activities,  the  entire  museum 
would  be  involved  with  African  American  subjects  and 
issues.  Columbus  would  see  and  experience  how  far  their 
museum  had  come. 

For  everyone,  the  large  turnout  for  "I  Dream 
A  World"  was  the  gratification  and  justification  for  their 
work.  For  seven  weeks  the  museum  sponsored  almost 
daily  activities:  receptions  and  book  signings  were  held 
for  some  of  the  women  photographed;  documentaries  on 
Fannie  Lou  Hamer  and  Marian  Anderson  were  shown 
and  discussed.  Children  were  also  involved  through  ac- 
tivities designed  for  them,  including  exhibit-inspired 
workshops  on  photography  and  "Celebrating  Family 
Legacies."  The  exhibit  drew  beyond  the  artists  and  pa- 
trons that  earlier  shows  had  attracted,  as  teachers  and 
their  students  attended.  The  advertising  concentrated  on 
African  American  social  and  religious  groups  had  paid 
off.  Groups  were  booked  two  weeks  in  advance.  And  as 
staff  and  board  interacted  with  African  American  frater- 
nities, sororities,  churches  and  community  leaders,  the 
museum's  world  changed.  A  whole  other  culture,  as  vi- 
brant as  the  one  that  spawned  the  museum,  became  a 
frill  reality. 

The  museum  has  now  passed  through  the 
four-year  cycle  of  the  Building  Diverse  Audiences  Pro- 
gram, but  the  outreach  effort  continues.  Fifteen  new 
members  have  been  added  to  reinvigorate  the  African 
American  Cultural  Committee.  A  new  exhibit,  "People, 
Places  And  Things:  An  African  American  Perspective," 
opened  in  April  1992  and  features  twenty-four  artists 
whose  lives  and  careers  have  been  interconnected  with 
Columbus.  The  artworks  were  drawn  principally  from 
the  museum's  permanent  collection. 

In  1989  the  Columbus  Museum  of  Art,  as  an 
institution,  looked  into  the  mirror  and  set  about  chang- 


CQ 


(D 

3 


CQ 

o 

■-^ 

CQ 
Q 

n' 

Q 

o' 


n 

o 

3 

3 

c 

3 


(D 
<D 


n 

CD_ 
CD 

cr 

—I 

Q 

5' 

CQ 
> 

3 

(D 

n' 

{a" 

n 

c 


ing  the  image  it  faced.  The  few  who  began  the  process 
became  the  many  who  struggle  to  continue  the 
museum's  transformation.  A  visible  African  American 
presence  in  the  museum  is  now  integral  to  the  mu- 
seiun — part  of  its  fabric,  consciousness  and  destiny. 

Pennsylvania 

#  One  Woman's  Dream 

Maya  Angelou  was  electrifying  in  1982  when  she  spoke 
at  Keystone  Junior  College  near  Scranton,  Pennsylvania. 
The  strength  of  her  presence  and  her  insights  into  being 
a  woman  and  African  American,  delivered  in  the  distinc- 
tive roll  and  rhythm  of  her  voice,  were  astounding  to  ex- 
perience. When  Angelou  left  the  campus  she  left  a  void 
in  the  life  of  Ada  Belton,  the  Keystone  English  professor 
who  had  invited  Angelou  to  speak.  Still,  Belton  went 
about  her  business:  chairing  the  college's  cultural  affairs 
committee,  serving  on  organization  boards  and  teaching 
African  American  culture  from  books. 

Nine  years  later,  Belton  began  to  dream  of 
Angelou's  anniversary  return.  Except  that  by  1991 
Angelou's  expected  honorarium  was  $10,000 — four 
times  the  amount  paid  in  1982,  and  one  too  large  for 
Keystone's  cultural  affairs  budget.  Area  colleges  and  orga- 
nizations were  interested,  but  they  were  having  their  own 
economic  difficulties.  Even  a  grant  for  that  amount  from 
the  Pennsylvania  Council  on  the  Arts  (PCA)  or  a  foun- 
dation seemed  impossible. 

The  situation  had  to  be  rethought.  If  not 
Angelou,  who  or  what  would  be  the  centerpiece  of  the 
Black  History  Month  celebration?  If  an  event  were  out- 
side the  college's  usual  cultural  programming,  who 
would  funding  come  from?  Who  would  provide  the  sup- 
port services?  And  without  a  committee,  who  would  even 
help  Belton  plan? 

By  the  time  Belton  telephoned  PCA  and 


spoke  with  Charon  Batdes,  minority  arts  program  direc- 
tor, she  had  a  goal.  "I  wanted  a  program  of  events,  not 
just  funding  for  a  single  speaker.  I  was  determined  to  fill 
the  eleven  months  surrounding  February  with  symposia 
and  performances  of  African  American  art  and  culture.  I 
also  wanted  to  create  an  African  American  archive  as  a 
community  resource."  And,  she  wanted  a  host  of  other 
projects  to  fill  the  void  she  felt  was  due  to  the  lack  of  em- 
phasis on  African  American  culture  in  Scranton. 


Strategies  For  Success 

Ada  Belton  was  a  perfect  match  for  the  Pennsylvania 
Council  on  the  Arts'  Strategies  For  Success  program.  The 
program  identifies  the  ethnic  arts  groups  in  the  state  and 
assists  them  in  both  their  organizational  development 
and  their  efforts  to  preserve  and  interpret  their  cultural 
heritage.  Program  strategies  include  long-term  consultan- 
cies, individual  development  workshops  and  conferences. 
However,  as  Belton  had  not  yet  formed  an  organization, 
she  would  enter  the  program  on  the  Basic  Level,  which 
was  established  for  groups  seeking  assistance  to  develop  a 
formal  board  structure,  more  consistent  arts  program- 
ming and  nonprofit  status. 

When  her  phone  call  to  the  council  ended, 
Belton  was  sorting  through  her  mind  for  prospective 
board  members.  Meanwhile  at  the  council,  Charon 
Battles,  the  program  director  of  Strategies  For  Success, 
was  estimating  the  driving  time  to  Scranton  from  Harris- 
burg.  "As  I  worked  with  Ada,  her  ideas  began  to  mature 
and  to  encompass  a  community  vision.  Her  growth  was 
an  exciting  and  gratifying  process  to  observe.  I  stress  ob- 
serve, because  Strategies  For  Success  tries  to  empower  or- 
ganizations by  allowing  them  to  develop  their  own  ideas 
and  the  means  to  implement  them,"  says  Batdes. 

Through  Battles,  PCA  established  a  relation- 
ship with  Belton's  developing  organization,  which  came 


Through  the  Pennsylvania  Council  on  the  Arts  Strategies  for  Success  program,  the 
Asociacion  de  Musicos  Latino-Americanos  (AMLA)  has  been  able  to  expand  and 
grow  strong  in  response  to  the  demands  of  its  community.  Among  AMLA's  many 
activities,  students  are  offered  music  instruction  for  a  nominal  fee. 
Photo  courtesy  of  Asociacion  de  Musicos  Latino-Americanos 


n 

(D_ 

cr 

—1 
Q 

5' 
CD 

> 

3 
n' 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


< 

(D 


to  be  called  the  African  American  Arts  Alliance.  Strate- 
gies steered  the  new  organization  to  possible  grants  in 
PCA  programs  and  helped  draft:  grant  requests. 

After  a  year  in  the  program,  the  African 
American  Arts  Alliance  created  its  mission  statement, 
wrote  bylaws  and  formed  a  board  drawn  from  the  Afri- 
can American  community  and  three  area  colleges  (Key- 
stone, Marywood  College  and  the  University  of 
Scran  ton).  Development  of  the  board  represented  the 
transformation  of  Belton's  personal  mission  into  a  com- 
munity-wide effort.  "Strategies  For  Success  has  been  in- 
strumental in  the  formation  of  the  African  American  Arts 
Alliance  as  a  whole — getting  the  right  people,  the  right 
constituencies,  onto  the  board.  In  the  process,  we  ex- 
panded from  the  three  colleges  into  the  community. 
We're  now  a  com wz^^zzVy  organization." 

The  alliance's  1992  Black  History  Month  cel- 
ebration, "Succeeding  Despite  The  Struggle:  From  the 
Perspective  of  African  American  Writers"  was  the  first  of 
a  series  of  conferences  that  will  appraise  and  celebrate  the 
contemporary  African  American  arts  and  cultural  experi- 
ence. The  conference  brought  together  national  and  local 
writers  in  a  panel  discussion.  In  1993  the  conference  fo- 
cused on  the  performing  arts,  highlighted  by  a  perfor- 
mance of  the  musical  Our  Young  Black  Men  Are  Dying, 
And  Nobody  Seems  To  Care,  and  a  lecture  by  African 
American  film  historian  Donald  Bogle. 

While  Maya  Angelou  may  not  return  to 
Scranton  for  some  time,  when  she  does  she  will  have 
been  called  by  a  community  invigorated  by  the  work  of 
this  new  coalition. 

#  Keeping  the  Music  Alive  in  Philadelphia 

\Que  triste  seria  un  pueblo  sin  musical  Indeed,  how  sad 
would  be  a  people  without  music.  Especially  when  the 
people  must  survive  the  battering  that  urban  living  ad- 


ministers to  those  who  are  poor  and  different — to  be  sin 
musica  is  to  be  in  despair.  Latino  American  musicians  liv- 
ing in  Philadelphia  know  this,  and  more.  Their  music  is 
the  heartbeat  of  their  community.  With  Latin  American 
music  transplanted  to  America  and  in  competition  with 
empty  commercial  tunes,  the  only  way  to  guarantee  its 
preservation  is  to  make  sure  there  are  people  to  play  the 
music  and  others  to  listen  and  understand. 

A  decade  ago  thirteen  salsa  band  leaders  in 
Philadelphia  came  together  as  the  Asociacion  de  Musicos 
Latino-Americanos  (AMLA)  to  promote  the  develop- 
ment and  dissemination  of  Latin  music.  They  would  be- 
come musician-teachers  and  ambassadors  for  the  music. 

Today  AMLA  encompasses  Philadelphia's 
School  of  Latin  Music;  a  performance  series  of  local,  na- 
tional and  international  musicians;  a  musician  and  band 
referral  service;  an  Artist  in  Education  program;  and  is 
the  publisher  of  Pulso  Latino,  a  Latin  arts  publication  and 
calendar. 

AMLA  is  about  to  leave  the  Intermediate 
Level  of  the  Pennsylvania  Council  on  the  Arts'  Strategies 
For  Success  program  and  move  to  the  Advanced  Level 
where  it  will  focus  on  fiind-raising,  long-range  planning 
and  board  development.  In  the  Intermediate  Level,  Strat- 
egies helped  AMLA  remain  stable  despite  the  organiza- 
tional pressures  brought  on  by  its  rapid  growth,  rising 
visibility  and  the  increased  demands  of  the  community. 

Jesse  Bermudez,  president  of  AMLA,  had 
good  reason  to  join  Strategies  in  1990.  The  organization 
seemed  to  be  growing  arms,  and  it  was  becoming  hard 
for  Bermudez  to  manage  it  alone.  AMLA  musicians  had 
reached  a  combined  audience  of  40,000  in  1989,  and 
were  providing  170  students  with  nearly  800  hours  of 
music  instruction  at  nominal  cost.  The  quarterly  newslet- 
ter had  10,000  subscribers.  The  need  for  assistance  be- 
came imperative  when  AMLA  moved  into  its  own  office 


space,  and  found  that  funding  for  ongoing  administrative 
support  was  still  elusive. 

The  Intermediate  Level  of  Strategies  For  Suc- 
cess gave  AMLA  what  it  needed:  the  means  to  free 
Bermudez  to  concentrate  on  program  development.  Us- 
ing technical  assistance  grants,  AMLA  hired  additional 
office  staff^and  a  part-time  bookkeeper,  who  later  became 
comptroller.  The  arts  council's  two-day  workshops  on 
organizational  development,  in  addition  to  the  advice 
given  by  the  PCA  staff  on  basic  office  management, 
proved  to  be  as  important  as  the  council's  ftinding. 

Through  Strategies,  AMLA  hired  a  consultant 
to  expand  the  organization's  funding  base  beyond  the 
arts  council.  One  immediate  restilt  has  been  funding  sup- 
port from  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  to  commission 
and  premiere  six  new  works  by  mid-career  Latino  com- 
posers from  around  the  United  States.  Collaborations 
with  organizations  like  the  New  York  Shakespeare  Festi- 
val and  Yoimg  Audiences  of  New  Jersey  have  spread 
word  of  the  music  and  given  artists  both  exposure  and 
new  income.  "AMLA's  mission  is  to  guarantee  that  the 
rich  heritage  of  the  Latin  musical  traditions  is  learned, 
played,  imderstood  and  enjoyed.  To  make  that  possible 
we  have  to  chase  the  dollar.  At  times  we  had  to  change 
program  ideas  to  fit  a  frmding  proposal.  But  Strategies 
asks,  'What  are  your  needs  right  now?  How  can  we  help 
to  make  it  possible  for  you  to  move  to  another  level?'," 
says  Bermudez. 

Despite  its  growing  national  profile,  AMLA 
remains  firmly  planted  in  the  Latino  community,  as  it 
must.  Latinos  form  one  of  the  most  underserved  com- 
munities in  Philadelphia — in  hotising,  health  care  and 
education.  More  Latino  children  drop  out  of  school  than 
stay  in.  While  the  Asociacion  de  Miisicos  Latino- 
Americanos  cannot  meet  all  of  these  varied  and  complex 
needs,  the  band  of  musicians  does  what  it  can. 


Indiana 

#  A  New  Local  Arts  Council 

Prior  to  1990,  the  citizens  of  Perry  County  had  only 
vaguely  heard  of  the  Indiana  Arts  Commission  (lAC). 
Perry  County  was  one  of  a  dozen  areas  in  Indiana  that 
had  not  submitted  a  single  grant  application  to  the  lAC 
in  the  previous  five  years.  The  lAC  staff  knew  that  zero 
applications  did  not  mean  zero  cultural  activities.  It  did, 
however,  mean  that  public  arts  support  was  not  reaching 
all  of  Indiana's  citizens. 

Fortunately  at  a  Tell  City  town  meeting  in 
August  1 990,  Perry  County  artists  and  arts  patrons  were 
introduced  to  the  Indiana  Arts  Commission  through  a 
special  program  called  Arts:  Rural  and  Multicultural 
(ARM).  The  town  meeting  is  a  key  element  of  the  ARM 
program.  During  the  meeting,  the  community  residents 
surveyed  the  county  by  assessing  its  arts  needs  and  identi- 
fying potential  arts  programs,  spaces  and  presenters.  A 
broad  cross-section  of  the  county's  citizens  was  present 
and  eager,  including  artists  eligible  for  grants  and  busi- 
ness persons  amenable  to  supporting  the  arts.  Under  the 
guidance  of  lAC  Executive  Director  Tom  Schorgl  and 
Assistant  Director  Greg  Charleston,  the  group  discussed 
the  facilities  available  to  house  or  present  the  arts,  existing 
arts  programs,  potential  human  resources  and  possibili- 
ties for  financial  support. 

The  Perry  Coimty  citizens  decided  they 
needed  an  arts  council.  When  they  adjourned  late  that 
night,  the  Perry  County  Arts  Council  had  a  steering 
committee  that  was  charged  with  creating  a  board,  draft- 
ing bylaws  and  developing  programs.  Perry  County  was 
moving  faster  than  the  Indiana  Arts  Commission  ex- 
pected. The  next  step  would  be  to  provide  the  emerging 
group  with  both  technical  assistance  to  help  it  develop 
and  guidance  on  grant  writing. 


-1 

(D 

3 
CQ 

(D 

3_ 

3' 

CQ 

O 

-1 
CQ 
Q 

3 

n' 

Q 


3" 


n 

o 

3 

3 

c 


z 

CD 
(D 
Q- 
cn 


n 


3 

CO 

> 

3 

(D 

n' 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


^ 


#  Arts:  Rural  and  Multicultural 
The  ARM  program  represents  the  lAC's  long-term  com- 
mitment to  support  new,  emerging  and  community- 
based  organizations  and  artists  by  helping  to  make  their 
activities  accessible  to  new,  expanded  and  underserved 
audiences.  The  lAC  initially  chose  12  pilot  sites;  10  of 
which  were  rural,  because  the  rural  counties  had  not  ap- 
plied for,  or  received,  state  funding  in  at  least  five  years. 
The  remaining  two  pilot  sites  were  culturally  diverse, 
with  the  state's  largest  African  American  and  Hispanic 
American  populations,  and  were  drastically  underserved. 

Perry  County,  one  of  the  10  rural  sites,  dis- 
plays the  diversity  of  both  the  ARM  program  and  the 
state  of  Indiana  and  serves  as  a  model  for  the  program. 
The  efforts  of  the  Perry  County  Arts  Council  (PCAC) 
and  the  community  exemplify  the  goals  and  opportuni- 
ties available  to  all  ARM  program  participants.  Accord- 
ing to  Regina  Smith,  ARM  program  manager,  "Arts  or- 
ganizations, per  se,  don't  exist  in  most  of  our  counties, 
which  is  why  Perry  County  is  such  a  model.  It's  amazing 
that  an  emerging  arts  organization,  over  a  three-year  pe- 
riod, has  been  able  to  develop  bylaws,  a  schedule  of  pro- 
grams, a  newsletter  and  even  begun  to  market  itself  out- 
side the  county.  When  it  comes  to  the  programs  that 
we've  worked  with  so  far,  PCAC  is  unique  and  by  itself 
at  one  end  of  the  spectrum." 

One  Tell  City  artist,  Pat  Jarboe,  was  not  at 
the  town  meeting,  but  he  happened  to  read  about  it  in 
the  newspaper.  Jarboe  had  left  a  good  California  job  in 
technical  theater  to  return  home  to  Perry  County.  He 
could  raise  a  family  in  Perry  County,  but  his  theater  skills 
were  beginning  to  atrophy.  He  was  eager  to  be  a  part  of 
anything  arts-related.  "In  1982  a  group  of  us  tried  to  be- 
gin an  arts  council,  but  the  thing  failed  miserably.  We 
didn't  know  what  we  were  doing.  This  time  we're  suc- 
ceeding, because  ARM  has  been  with  us  from  the  begin- 


ning. They've  fiinded  consultants  and  technical  seminars, 
like  the  one  we  just  had  for  board  development.  We're 
now  ready  to  enter  the  next  phase  where  we  apply  for 
large  operating  and  programming  grants,  rather  than  a 
grant  for  each  project." 

Within  months  of  joining  the  Perry  County 
Arts  Council  steering  committee,  Jarboe  was  elected 
president.  Jarboe  had  ambitions  for  the  young  council, 
but  without  even  a  tax-exempt  number,  the  committee 
had  to  work  slowly.  Their  first  project  was  arranging  the 
annual  Tell  City  Madrigal  Dinner.  The  effort  involved 
applying  for  an  ARM  grant,  coordinating  more  than 
sixty  people  and  seeking  the  support  of  a  dozen  county 
organizations.  The  volunteers  pitched  in  to  prepare  the 
food  and  rehearse  the  concert.  The  performance  was  sold 
out  within  a  week.  It  was  clear  to  the  PCAC  that  people 
were  willing  to  support  arts  programs.  To  the  members 
of  the  steering  committee  and  the  residents  of  Perry 
County,  an  arts  council  began  to  make  sense. 

Following  their  first  success,  the  PCAC 
elected  board  members  and  developed  bylaws  and  a  cal- 
endar of  activities  for  the  year.  The  Perry  County  Arts 
Council  began  offering  assistance  to  other  arts  presenters. 
Through  successful  grant  applications,  tax  dollars  began 
to  return  to  the  county  and  local  businesses  ceased  to  be 
the  sole  source  of  funding  for  events.  The  spring  1992 
Dogwood  Festival  allowed  the  council  to  mount  its  own 
project,  an  art  show  and  craft:  sale.  Soon  after  when  Tell 
City  honored  its  local  historian,  the  PCAC  sponsored  a 
competition  to  choose  a  painter  for  the  portrait. 

After  these  early  successes  the  arts  council  was 
primed  for  a  big  project,  and  chose  to  have  a  mural 
painted  on  the  Tell  City  flood  wall.  The  total  project 
cost  over  three  years  would  be  $30,000,  and  though  the 
Indiana  Arts  Commission  offered  some  grant  assistance, 
the  county  arts  council  supported  the  bulk  of  the  project. 


I 


The  possible  benefits  of  the  Flood  Wall  Mural  went  be- 
yond the  aesthetic,  as  it  would  contribute  to  saving  the 
flood  wall  from  graflPiti  and  reclaiming  the  park  adjacent 
to  it  for  family  use.  In  May  1992,  a  local  design  artist 
outlined  the  first  three  of  seven  panels:  re-creations  of 
historic  buildings  in  the  city.  Through  the  summer  a  sec- 
ond local  artist  oversaw  the  volunteers  who  painted.  The 
activity  of  the  volunteers  attracted  the  curiosity  of  their 
neighbors,  who  wanted  to  know  if  the  new  council  was 
still  accepting  volunteer  painters. 

Even  as  the  arts  council  collects  small  dona- 
tions from  VFW  and  American  Legion  auxiliaries  to  ad- 
vance the  Flood  Wall  Mural,  the  PCAC  is  planning  am- 
bitious future  projects  to  fill  the  numerous  areas  of  need 
in  the  county.  The  county  schools  have  no  arts  program- 
ming. The  many  church  choirs,  musicians  and  music 
theater  groups  need  to  be  brought  together  in  a  salute  to 
local  talent.  Fledgling  painters  need  art  classes.  And  the 
local  chamber  of  commerce  must  be  encouraged  to  apply 
to  the  LAC  for  support  when  it  sponsors  the  upcoming 
riverboat  orchestra  concert.  Ultimately  the  PCAC  must 
convince  the  county's  nonprofit  arts  groups  that  their 
programs  can  compete  with  those  of  other  arts  organiza- 
tions in  the  state  and  that  they  should  apply  for  support. 

The  Perry  County  Arts  Council  is  becoming 
credible  afi:er  a  two-and-a-half  years  of  effort.  With  no 
real  past  experience  in  organizing,  the  council  is  learning 
as  it  goes  along.  And  the  principal  engine  for  its  efforts 
has  been  the  Arts:  Rural  And  Multicultural  program. 

Through  the  Arts:  Rural  and  Multicultural 
program  the  Indiana  Arts  Commission  will  increase  its 
programs  and  services  to  25  targeted  areas  in  1993.  The 
commission  also  proposes  to  increase  the  maximum 
funding  available,  place  greater  emphasis  on  technical  as- 
sistance, and  through  the  ARM  Forum  provide  opportu- 
nities for  rural  and  multicultural  presenters,  artists  and 


schools  to  share  information  and  participate  in  problem- 
solving  sessions. 


A  Commitment  to  Encourage 
And  Support 

The  vibrancy  of  American  culture  is  formed  from  an  as- 
tounding variety  of  ethnic  and  geographic  cultures.  Sub- 
tract even  one  and  America  loses  its  diversity  and  vitality. 
Responding  to  this  issue  is  a  dilemma  that  confronts 
many  facets  of  American  society. 

Clearly  the  response  of  the  state  arts  agencies 
in  Ohio,  Pennsylvania  and  Indiana  has  been  to  encourage 
and  support  diversity.  Their  staffs  have  gone  out  into  the 
overlooked  farms,  barrios  and  urban  communities  to 
form  working  and  mentoring  relationships  that  help 
dedicated  organizations  fulfill  their  missions  to  their  com- 
munities. The  programs  for  these  outreach  efforts  are 
models  for  other  state  arts  agencies,  not  solely  for  how  to 
include  and  fund  multicultural  organizations,  but  also  for 
how  to  cultivate  and  strengthen  all  arts  organizations.  ■ 

John  Rufus  Caleb  is  a  playwright,  whose  award-winning  play,  Benny's 
Place,  was  produced  in  1981  by  the  O'Neill  Playwrights  Conference 
and  in  1982  by  ABC  television.  He  also  teaches  writing  at  the  Commu- 
nity College  of  Philadelphia. 


(D 
CQ 


0 

3' 
CQ 

O 

CQ 
Q 

3 

n' 

Q 

5' 

3 


n 
o 

3 

3 

c 


CD 


The  Age-Old  Ritual  of  Storytelling 


Seeking  to  increase  access  to  the  arts  in  underserved  communities,  the  North  CaroHna 
Arts  Council  created  a  project  to  bring  two  innovative  theater  groups  to  the  rural, 
northeastern  section  of  the  state.  Students  here  vie  to  participate  in  a  Roadside  story  at 
the  C.S.  Brown  Cultural  Center  in  Winton,  North  Carolina. 
Photo  by  Cedric  Chatterley 


by  Nayo  Barbara  Malcolm  Watkins 


I     doubt  there's  a  community  in  America,  or  in  the 
world  for  that  matter,  where  given  just  the  right 
company,  the  right  time  of  day  or  night  and  an 
appropriate  amount  of  nudging,  commentary  couldn't 
turn  rather  quickly  into  hill-fledged  storytelling.  People 
have  stories — their  own,  other  people's  and  those  of  su- 
per beings  and  critters — and  they  tell  them.  They  tell 
them  to  preserve  history,  legend  and  lore;  to  teach  values; 
to  reaffirm  who  they  are;  to  find  humor  in  life  and  living; 
to  put  children  to  sleep;  to  make  mockery  of  adversaries; 
or  simply  to  compete  for  attention.  When  people  have 
litde  else,  they  have  their  stories. 


Rural  Southern  Stories 

Storytelling  in  the  rural  South  is  special.  It's  a  part  of  the 
ritual  of  defining  and  aligning  people,  place,  culture  and 
claim.  Perhaps  the  specialness  is  related  to  the  fact  that 
more  than  enough  rural  Southerners  have  known  more 
than  enough  times  when  there  seemed  to  be  litde  more 
than  the  stories.  During  those  patient  times  a  yarn  could 
get  worked  back  aqd  forth  between  tellers  'til  it's  honed 
to  a  tee. 

Today,  people  in  the  rural  South  aren't  in- 
clined to  think  much  of  the  traditions  of  storytelling  that 
they've  inherited.  Storytelling  is  something  the  old  folks 
do,  and  it  seems  that  they  do  it  less  and  less.  But  separate 
projects  that  brought  Junebug  Productions  of  New  Or- 
leans and  Roadside  Theater  of  Whitesburg,  Kentucky,  to 
rural  communities  in  North  Carolina  and  Mississippi 
may  have  made  a  difference  in  the  way  people  in  those 
places  think  about  and  honor  their  own  and  their  neigh- 
bors' stories.  These  projects  have  also  provided  a  way  for 
arts  agencies,  fiinders  and  organizers  to  explore  new 
methods  of  engaging  new  audiences  and  underserved 
populations. 

Roadside  and  Junebug  are  professional  theater 


companies  from  very  different  southern  communities. 
Roadside's  home  is  the  Appalachian  coalfield  region  of 
eastern  Kentucky  and  southwest  Virginia  where  popula- 
tions are  predominantly  white.  Junebug  is  a  product  of 
the  black  community  in  the  Deep  South  and  the  Free 
Southern  Theater,  an  artistic  offspring  of  the  Civil  Rights 
Movement.  Both  companies  draw  upon  the  storytelling 
and  music  traditions  of  their  communities  as  the  basis  of 
theatrical  creation  and  production.  Both  also  use  their  art 
as  weaponry  against  prejudice  and  stereotypes,  and  to  en- 
courage awareness  of  cultural  differences. 

#  Junebug/Jack 

In  the  early  1980s,  John  O'Neal  and  Dudley  Cocke,  the 
artistic  directors  of  the  two  companies,  observed  the  rise 
of  Ku  Klux  Klan  activity  in  the  country  and  discussed 
the  impact  of  touring  each  other's  communities. 

From  those  discussions  and  a  decade  of  col- 
laboration has  come  Junebug/Jack,  a  coproduced  theater 
piece  based  on  the  stories  and  music  of  poor  whites  and 
blacks  in  the  South.  Junebug  is  an  African  American  folk 
character  invented  30  years  ago  by  the  Student  Nonvio- 
lent Coordinating  Committee  to  represent  the  collective 
wisdom  of  black  people.  Jack  is  the  hero  of  the  Appala- 
chian "Jack  tales"  (including  their  most  famous  ancestor, 
"Jack  and  the  Beanstalk"). 

The  play  makes  the  point  that  the  stories  of 
people  whom  history  has  set  apart  are  really  rather  simi- 
lar, and  in  fact  may  have  been  traded  back  and  forth  and 
added  to  along  the  way.  In  a  review  published  by  the 
New  Orleans  Times-Picayune,  Richard  Dodds,  a  theater 
critic,  echoed  this  sentiment  when  he  said  the  play  "dem- 
onstrates a  sensitivity  to  black-white  differences  while 
also  highlighting  some  of  those  areas  where  traditions, 
legends,  experiences,  interests  and  even  music  overlap." 
He  went  on  to  comment:  "Our  roots  have  all  become 


0 
> 

(Q 

h 

Q- 
53 

c" 
Q 


CO 

I 

CQ 


n 

(D 

o- 

Q 

5' 

> 

3 
n' 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


< 

(D 


tangled  together,  the  piece  is  saying,  and  there  is  more  to 
be  gained  in  nurturing  these  cross-pollinated  heritages 
than  in  antagonistically  yanking  them  apart." 

The  theme  is  set  forth  in  the  early  moments 
oi  Junebug/Jack  "See,  everybody  has  a  story,  their  own 
story,  but  it  seems  like  it's  come  to  the  place  where 
people  don't  think  their  stories  are  worth  anything  any- 
more," one  actor  begins.  "Trouble  is,"  says  another, 
"seems  like  some  people  are  always  wanting  to  tell  our 
story  for  us."  A  third  adds,  "But,  we  got  to  tell  it  our- 
selves! Otherwise  how  we  gonna  know  it's  us?"  And  fi- 
nally, "If  we  don't  listen  to  the  stories  of  others,  how  will 
we  know  who  they  are?" 

#  Community-Based  Art 
O'Neal's  and  Cocke's  early  1980s  discussions  are  now 
part  of  a  national  dialogue  with  other  touring  artists,  pre- 
senters and  hinders.  New  ways  of  thinking,  which  may 
be  old  ways  revived,  have  emerged  about  artists  working 
in  more  meaningfiil  ways  in  communities.  Among  the 
new  ideas  is  that  community-based  residencies  de-em- 
phasize the  staged  performance  as  the  event  and  place 
greater  emphasis  on  participation  and  interaction  in 
shared  processes.  The  role  of  the  artist  goes  beyond  per- 
forming to  assisting  people  in  discovering,  honoring  and 
sharing  their  creative  resources  and  their  potential  for  cre- 
ative community-building. 

"It's  like  forming  a  circle  with  the  community 
people,"  says  Dudley  Cocke  of  Roadside  Theater,  "put- 
ting out,  receiving  and  putting  back  out.  If  the  circle  is 
broken,  somebody  is  cut  off  from  the  full  experience,  and 
this  happens  when  the  artist  hogs  the  event."  Storytelling 
works  especially  well  because  teller  and  listener  are  active 
partners  in  an  event  of  the  moment.  Of  the  staged  per- 
formances, Cocke  says,  "Audiences  often  talk  back  and 
talking  back  is  not  impolite." 


North  Carolina 

#  In  the  Field  and  On  the  Front  Line 

In  1988  die  Nordi  Carolina  Arts  Council  (NCAC)  held 
a  series  of  meetings  in  preparation  for  developing  a  state- 
wide plan  for  the  1 990s.  As  they  listened  to  the  concerns 
of  the  arts  community,  the  council  heard  anew  the  chal- 
lenge of  supporting  the  arts  in  rural,  culturally  isolated 
and  economically  depressed  communities.  "What  we 
heard  and  what  struck  us  were  the  real  barriers  to  rural 
accessibility,"  says  NCAC  Assistant  Director  Nancy 
Trovillion.  "With  so  few  resources,  the  matching  dollars 
just  weren't  there,  and  often  there  wasn't  an  organization 
to  do  the  work."  The  four-year  plan  that  evolved  from 
this  study  of  the  field  carried  a  strong  commitment  to  ac- 
cess for  underserved  populations  and  community  cul- 
tural planning.  An  initiative  of  the  plan  eventually 
brought  Roadside  and  Junebug  to  communities  in 
northeastern  North  Carolina. 

The  l6-county  area  lying  south  of  Virginia's 
Hampton  Roads  to  the  Pamlico  Sound  and  west  of  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  splashing  the  Outer  Banks  to  Lake 
Gaston  is  the  state's  most  economically  depressed  region. 
Waterways  and  wetlands  have  historically  shaped  the 
economic,  social  and  cultural  patterns  that  provide  op- 
portunities, as  well  as  limitations  and  isolation.  Preserva- 
tion efforts  draw  inspiration  from  an  illustrious  history  of 
explorers,  colonists  and  pirates  beginning  in  the  1600s. 
The  names  of  about  half  the  region's  towns  and  counties 
are  reminders  of  the  heritage  of  Native  American  tribes 
still  living  there  today.  The  northeast  is  also  home  to  the 
state's  largest  concentration  of  African  Americans,  refer- 
ence to  still  another  historical  presence.  In  recent  years 
the  separate  histories  of  Native  American,  white  and 
black  communities,  along  with  the  more  recent  presence 
of  small  Asian  and  Hispanic  communities,  have  been 
dominated  by  economic  and  social  concerns.  The  stories 


Audience  members  joining  Meherrins  in  a  tribal  dance  at  the  Gallery  Theater  in 
Ahoskie,  North  Carolina. 
Photo  by  Cedric  Chatterley 


n 

CD 

cr 


3 
CQ 

> 

3 

n 

c 
Q 


^ 


of  these  communities  reflect  the  common  themes  of  sur- 
vival and  coexistence. 

NCAC  staff  realized  that  many  northeast 
communities  would  not  be  able  to  take  advantage  of 
the  council's  new  initiatives.  Arts  councils  exist  in  only  9 
of  the  16  counties  and  most  are  volunteer-run.  The  dis- 
tribution of  state  arts  funds  to  the  northeast  region  have 
been  well  below  the  state  average.  The  decision  was  made 
to  initiate  a  project  with  goals  for  cultural  exchange  and 
celebration  of  local  culture  in  the  hope  that  such  a  model 
would  inspire  broader  cultural  planning.  Says  Trovillion, 
"In  the  early  days  of  the  council  the  staff  was  more  in- 
volved in  developmental  work.  Then,  as  organizations 
developed  on  their  own,  we  took  a  more  responsive  and 
less  activist  role.  The  northeastern  project  put  us  back  in 
the  field  and  on  the  front  line." 

With  this  project  NCAC  had  three  goals.  Ac- 
cording to  Trovillion,  "One  was  to  use  cultural  ex- 
change— between  segments  of  communities  and  be- 
tween communities  and  guest  artists — to  celebrate  local 
cultural  life  and  build  bridges  of  understanding  between 
cultures.  Another  was  to  help  northeastern  communities 
become  more  reliant  on  their  own  cultural  gifts  as 
sources  of  pleasure  and  enrichment.  And  another  was  to 
figure  out  what  combination  of  people  and  money 
would  be  needed  to  keep  public  cultural  activities  going 
in  the  region." 

NCAC  staff  first  presented  the  idea  of  a  re- 
gional residency  project  to  the  Northeastern  Cultural  Al- 
liance, an  organization  struggling  to  serve  as  a  regional 
network  in  the  state.  Alliance  members  viewed  video- 
tapes of  Roadside's  and  Junebug's  work,  discussed  how 
the  project  might  aid  long-range  planning  and  agreed  to 
become  the  sponsoring  body.  A  project  coordinator  from 
the  area  was  hired  and  the  region  was  divided  into  hubs 
of  three  or  four  counties.  In  the  hubs,  committees  com- 


piled community  surveys  and  assessments  to  assist  with 
local  residency  planning.  There  were  lots  of  meetings — 
in  the  hubs,  with  the  project  coordinator,  with  NCAC 
staff  and  with  members  of  Roadside  and  Junebug. 
NCAC  supported  the  project  with  the  assistance  of  a 
grant  from  the  State  and  Regional  Program  of  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Arts. 


Permission  to  Be  Ourselves 
Finally  it  was  time  for  Roadside  and  Junebug  to  do  what 
they  do  best.  The  residency  began  with  an  eight-day  pre- 
tour  designed  to  demonstrate  how  community-based 
residencies  might  work.  On  the  first  night,  in  the  tiny 
town  of  Moyock  in  Currituck  County,  the  comely 
bunch  of  six  actors  in  blue  jeans,  gingham  skirts  and 
fancy  boots  met  with  local  folks  at  the  elementary  school. 
They  performed  Junebug/Jack  stories  and  shared  a  lively 
evening  with  local  exhibitors  and  performers.  There  was 
a  doUhouse  maker,  taxidermist,  woodworker,  photogra- 
pher, quilter,  pianist,  gymnast  and  dogger.  There  were 
traditional  musicians  who  played  well  into  the  night. 

In  each  hub  local  artists  were  invited  to  meet 
and  perform  with  the  "outside  professionals."  Each  site 
was  different.  In  Hertford,  meeting  at  the  sight  of  the 
oldest  house  in  the  state,  the  artists  shared  the  stage  with 
local  theater  artists  who  performed  a  reader's  theater  of 
older  stories  written  by  a  North  Carolina  playwright.  On 
the  stage  of  the  Gallery  Theater  in  Ahoskie,  they  were 
joined  by  Meherrin  tribal  dancers,  gospel  singers  and 
doggers.  The  C.S.  Brown  Cultural  Center,  site  of  a  his- 
toric African  American  school,  was  the  setting  for  an  in- 
tergenerational  session  that  went  from  story  swapping  to 
ham  bone  slapping  to  singing  "Amazing  Grace."  In 
Roanoke  Rapids,  where  Haliwa  Saponi  dancers  per- 
formed with  the  visiting  artists,  discussions  about  social 
and  economic  conditions  led  to  talk  about  collecting  oral 


histories  and  community  stories  as  the  basis  for  creating  a 
play.  By  the  end  of  the  pre-tour,  people  were  getting  the 
idea  that  it  wasn't  about  being  entertained  by  outside 
professionals,  but  about  people  sharing  and  exchanging. 
Said  one  woman,  "The  way  they  were,  they  gave  us  per- 
mission to  be  ourselves." 


Drawing  Stories  from  the  Well  of  Living 

On  the  second  and  longer  visit  the  artists  spent  time  in 
schools,  many  of  which  have  been  consolidated  by  bus- 
ing students  from  opposite  ends  of  a  coimty.  At  the 
Hertford  County  High  School,  a  three-day  workshop  fo- 
cused on  connections  between  formal  studies,  traditional 
lore  and  awareness  of  one's  own  history  and  that  of  oth- 
ers. The  song  "Get  On  Board  Children"  served  as  intro- 
duction for  discussions  on  slavery  and  the  imderground 
railroad.  The  banjo,  slide  guitar  and  harmonica  helped 
trace  the  historical  paths  and  cultural  mergers  of  different 
Americans.  The  stories  of  John,  an  African  American 
trickster  character,  and  Jack,  an  Appalachian  folk  hero, 
helped  point  to  parallels  between  the  everyman  stories  of 
different  cultures  and  similar  characters  in  classroom  lit- 
erature. The  students  were  asked  to  think  of  how  oral 
traditions  pass  from  generation  to  generation  and  to  re- 
call stories  they'd  heard  in  their  commtmities.  One  quiet 
yoimg  man  told  of  his  western  North  Carolina  Cherokee 
roots  and  how  he  and  his  father  tell  the  stories  of  their 
history  through  the  music  they  play  together. 

There  was  also  more  time  for  story  and  music 
swaps,  meals  and  casual  talk.  With  NCAC  staff  the  art- 
ists joined  a  gospel  group  for  a  Thursday  evening  re- 
hearsal. Around  a  home  piano  in  Winton  they  sang 
rotmd  after  round  of  church  and  civil  rights  songs.  At  a 
Meherrin  tribal  center  the  artists  and  participants 
watched  a  man  applying  beads  and  feathers  to  his  regalia, 
talked  about  concerns  of  the  times  and  shared  stories. 


The  Meherrin  Chief  closed  the  evening  with  a  personal 
story  about  a  ratdesnake  as  a  way  to  talk  about  honoring 
difference  and  coexistence. 

Personal  stories  were  central  in  informal  ses- 
sions throughout  the  region,  partictilarly  where  seniors 
were  present.  There  was  the  story  of  the  car  that  wotild 
never  go  to  a  fiineral;  boyhood  memories  of  hiding  eggs 
in  an  outhouse  and  playing  in  a  sawmill;  stories  of  volun- 
teer fire  fighters,  moonshine  and  ice-covered  rivers;  and 
hard-times  tales  about  making  a  living.  At  some  sites  lo- 
cal crafis  were  showcased — ^wool  spinning,  wood  carv- 
ings, musical  instniments,  quilts,  afghans — and  often 
these  too  represented  stories  to  be  told. 

The  Roadside  and  Junebug  artists  told  stories 
too,  and  talked  with  people  about  the  rich  reservoir  of 
living  from  which  stories  can  be  drawn  and  the  value  of 
passing  them  on.  Some  people  wanted  to  know  more 
about  collecting  oral  histories  and  scripting  the  stories 
into  plays. 


Staged  Performances 

Each  residency  culminated  in  a  community  performance 
with  local  artists,  community  members  and  children 
sharing  the  stage  with  Jtmebug  and  Roadside.  These 
were  held  in  schools  and  centers,  like  the  one  at  the  Lake- 
land Arts  Center  for  the  people  in  Northampton  and 
Halifax  Cotmties.  Haliwa  Saponi  dancers  and  drummers 
performed  an  opening  ceremony,  followed  by  a  gospel 
quartet,  a  yoimg  man  reading  a  story  he'd  written,  a  skit 
improvised  by  three  students,  a  Langston  Hughes  read- 
ing, and  stories  and  songs  by  Junebug  and  Roadside. 

Finally,  people  from  all  over  the  region  were 
invited  to  a  frill  performance  o^ Junebug/Jack  at  Elizabeth 
City  State  University,  the  region's  only  four-year  institu- 
tion. The  University  Choir,  with  rich  voices  and  robed 
attire,  set  the  tone  for  the  evening  with  classical 


> 

CQ 
(D 

6 

Q- 

c" 
Q 


C/> 

5' 

CQ 


n 

(D_ 
<D 

O" 

-1 
Q 

5" 

CO 

> 

3 

(D 

n' 

n 

c 
c 

Q 


< 

0 


<? 


and  gospel  selections.  The  songs  and  stories  ofjunebug/ 
Jack  come  from  people,  like  those  gathered,  who  reach 
deep  into  their  memory  and  experience.  The  results  are 
spirited  songs,  humorous  stories,  allegories  and  ironies 
and  hard  stories  all  too  familiar:  about  farming;  about 
the  ones  who  migrated  north,  those  who  watched  them 
go,  and  the  ones  who  went  and  met  the  disillusions  of  ur- 
ban life.  There  was  a  story  about  a  white  boy  and  a  black 
boy  meeting  in  a  foreign  land  fighting  for  their  country 
and  how  they  grooved  with  Muddy  Waters  and  each 
other,  only  to  return  after  the  war  and  "It  never  was  the 
same  after  that." 

The  end  of  the  residency  project  was  for  ex- 
ploring the  possibilities  raised  and  what  these  possibilities 
could  mean  in  this  northeast  section  of  North  Carolina.  I 
listened  to  people  describe  the  residency  with  terms  like 
participatory,  openness,  bonding a.nd  magic.  At  a  meeting  of 
the  Northeastern  Cultural  Alliance  participants  talked  of 
wanting  to  maintain  the  broad  interest  and  participation 
that  had  been  created.  The  dilemmas  of  the  northeast 
have  not  gone  away,  but  the  people  now  have  new  ways 
of  making  art,  and  through  the  art  an  aid  for  making 
community. 

Mississippi 

#  The  American  Festival  Project 

The  Mississippi  American  Festival  Project  was  quite  simi- 
lar to  the  North  Carolina  project — the  format,  the  shar- 
ing, people  coming  together  and  telling  their  stories.  The 
Mississippi  project,  however,  was  initiated  by  the  Ameri- 
can Festival  Project  (AFP),  based  at  Appalshop  in  Ken- 
tucky. The  American  Festival  Project  is  a  coalition  of  the- 
ater, dance  and  music  companies  from  different  parts  of 
the  country  and  of  different  cultures.  Funding  from  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  and  the  Ford,  Nathan 
Cummings  and  Rockefeller  Foundations  has  allowed  AFP 


to  subsidize  a  series  of  community-based  residencies 
around  the  country. 

Caron  Adas,  executive  director  of  the  AFP  na- 
tional project  says,  "The  project  can  serve  as  a  creative 
catalyst  in  communities.  But  it  can't  have  impact  in  a 
vacuum;  the  artists  work  in  support  of  both  the  goals  and 
visions  of  the  presenters  and  the  needs  of  their  communi- 
ties." A  goal  of  the  Mississippi  American  Festival  Project 
was  to  help  small  and  rural  organizations  improve  their 
skills  in  presenting  and  fund-raising,  skills  that  are  crucial 
to  developing  access.  "We've  learned  that  access  means 
first  listening  and  not  assuming  you  know,"  says  Jane 
Hiatt,  Mississippi  Arts  Commission  (MAC)  executive  di- 
rector. In  addition  to  developing  detailed  residency  plan- 
ning, they  raised  part  of  the  ftinds. 

The  Mississippi  presenters  included  a  child 
and  family  services  organization,  a  community  center,  a 
cultural  arts  center,  a  community  theater  with  a  cultural 
museum,  two  small  private  colleges  and  a  rural-based 
state  university.  I  had  the  great  pleasure  of  serving  as  state 
coordinator  for  this  loosely-knit  network.  As  we  visited 
the  events  of  other  American  Festival  Projects,  "Stories 
into  Art"  emerged  as  the  theme  around  which  each 
group  was  organizing  its  local  activities.  The  presenters 
invited  six  American  Festival  companies;  some  invited 
more  than  one  company  and  built  their  year  of  program- 
ming around  them.  Roadside  Theater  and  Junebug  Pro- 
ductions were  invited  by  both  Brickfire  Project  of 
Starkville,  Mississippi,  and  Mississippi  Cultural  Cross- 
roads of  Port  Gibson,  Mississippi. 

Brickfire  and  Crossroads  were  able  to  tap  a 
grants  program  that  matches  MAC  funds  with  Southern 
Arts  Federation  funding.  Hiatt  says,  "We're  finding  ways 
to  break  the  boxes  that  have  been  barriers  to  ftinding 
many  projects,  and  ways  to  encourage  projects  like  the 
ones  in  Port  Gibson  and  Starkville."  With  technical  assis- 


Through  the  collaboration  of  state  arts  agencies,  funders  and  presenters,  many  people 
in  North  Carolina  and  Mississippi  were  able  to  watch  and  participate  in  the  unique 
experiences  surrounding  presentations  oi  Junebug/Jack. 
Photo  by  Cedric  Chatterley 


n 

(D_ 
(D 

O" 

—1 
Q 

5' 

(Q 
> 

3 
n' 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


^ 


tance  from  the  Mississippi  American  Festival  Project,  the 
presenters  also  singly  and  collectively  applied  to  new 
funding  sources.  Grants  were  secured  from  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the  Lila  Wallace-Reader's  Di- 
gest Fund,  the  Ruth  Mott  Fund,  the  Mississippi  Hu- 
manities Council  and  Alternate  ROOTS. 


nity.  Months  later  when  Liz  Lerman  &  the  Dance  Ex- 
change, an  intergenerational,  biracial  American  Festival 
company,  came,  Brickfire  tried  their  plan  again  and  ex- 
panded it  to  target  a  larger  senior  audience. 


Bringing  Communities  Together 
Brickfire  Project  gets  its  name  from  the  red  bricks  of 
housing  projects  that  are  home  to  many  of  the  children 
in  its  child  development  centers  and  from  its  goal  to  nur- 
ture the  "burning  desires"  of  those  and  other  low-income 
children.  In  addition  to  a  range  of  family  services, 
Brickfire  is  an  active  arts  presenter  in  "the  Golden  Tri- 
angle," which  includes  the  rural  loamy-hill  counties  of 
Oktibbeha,  Chotaw  and  Winston.  Starkville  is  best  de- 
scribed as  Mississippi  State  University  and  a  small  town. 
As  in  many  university  towns  there  is  the  division  of 
"gown  and  town,"  which  translates  into  an  elite,  mostly 
white  community  and  a  poor,  mostly  black  community. 

Brickfire  decided  to  use  a  performance  of 
Junebug/Jack  to  bring  the  two  communities  together.  Of 
the  small,  biracial  audience  that  came  on  the  first  night 
and  grew  on  the  second,  Leslie  Leech,  Brickfire's  cultural 
coordinator  commented,  "We  did  better  than  any  town 
meeting  could  have  in  bringing  people  together.  The  dia- 
logue onstage  was  a  catalyst,  a  point  of  interest,  for  dia- 
logue offstage."  The  visiting  artists'  presence  in  the  com- 
munity was  central  to  the  plan.  They  held  workshops 
with  university  students,  visited  public  school  classrooms, 
swapped  stories  with  senior  citizens  and  later  told  these 
stories  to  children  in  day  care  centers.  It  was  important 
that  all  these  people  could  feel  comfortable  in  the  place 
where  the  play  was  performed.  The  cross-cultural  appeal 
of  the  play,  coupled  with  the  use  of  a  building  in  com- 
mon territory,  helped  spark  dialogue  within  the  commu- 


Hearing  Local  Stories  for  the  First  Time 
Port  Gibson  is  in  Claiborne  County,  north  on  the  Mis- 
sissippi River  from  Natchez  and  New  Orleans.  Once  a 
busy  slave  trading  center,  today  the  county  is  82  percent 
African  American.  The  high  school  averages  99  to  100 
percent  African  American,  and  95  percent  of  public 
school  students  qualify  for  the  federal  free-lunch  pro- 
gram. On  the  side  of  town  where  antebellum  mansions 
mingle  with  comfortable  modern  homes  is  a  private 
school  that  is  99  to  1 00  percent  white. 

In  this  context  Mississippi  Cultural  Cross- 
roads (MCC)  offers  a  space  and  programs  for  local 
people  to  come  together  to  create,  preserve  and  share  a 
sense  of  community  and,  as  MCC  Director  Patty  Crosby 
is  quick  to  point  out,  "a  sense  of  who  they  are."  This 
sense  of  community  is  reflected  in  the  award-winning 
works  that  adults,  seniors  and  youth  produce  and  display 
in  the  storefront  MCC  art  center  on  Main  Street.  It's 
also  reflected  in  the  noisy  rehearsal  chatter  of  Peanut  But- 
ter &  Jelly,  a  youth  theater  program  that  has  succeeded 
in  bringing  together  students  from  the  public  and  private 
schools.  While  most  of  MCC's  constituency  is  African 
American,  attraction  to  the  theater  spread  in  1989  when 
Cornerstone  Theater  of  New  York  City  visited  and  pro- 
duced an  integrated  "Romeo  and  Juliet,"  which  made 
the  cover  o^  American  Theater  Magazine. 

Imagining  that  an  inclusive  community  the- 
ater might  be  possible,  MCC  planned  the  Junebug/ 
Roadside  residency  around  sessions  for  writing,  telling 
and  performing  stories.  The  artists  worked  in  classrooms 
during  the  day  and  at  the  center  in  the  evenings.  On  the 


evening  of  the  story  swap,  professional  and  professed  sto- 
rytellers, black  and  white,  young  and  not  so  young  gath- 
ered in  a  big  circle.  Infectious  as  storytelling  is,  even  those 
who  claimed  not  to  know  a  story  were  inspired  to  share 
at  least  one  tale.  Local  people  heard  local  stories  they  had 
not  heard  before.  One  man  who  had  never  been  known 
for  talking  much,  "broke  loose"  with  some  of  the  most 
amazing,  well-crafted  and  funny  stories  of  the  evening. 
The  ritual  was  repeated  during  the  later  residency  of  Car- 
petbag Theater,  based  in  Knoxville,  Tennessee,  another 
American  Festival  company  with  a  storytelling  repertoire. 
"In  fact,"  says  Crosby,  as  she  continues  to  promote  the 
possibility  of  a  community  theater,  "by  popular  demand, 
story  swaps  are  becoming  a  regular  happening  in  Port 
Gibson  these  days." 


Nayo  Barbara  Malcolm  Watkins  is  an  independent  arts  consultant  who 
works  with  state  arts  agencies  and  nonprofit  arts  organizations  in  North 
Carolina  and  the  South  on  organization  and  program  development.  She 
has  served  as  executive  director  of  a  dance  ensemble,  a  theater  troupe 
and  an  arts  organization,  and  is  a  published  playwright. 


(D 

> 

CQ 

CD 

I 

o 

Q- 

5? 

c" 
Q 


CO 

5' 

CQ 


A  Creative  Cycle 

Meanwhile  back  home,  Junebug  and  Roadside  build 
upon  these  and  other  touring  experiences  in  projects  in 
their  own  communities.  What  they  learn  they  take  back 
on  the  road  and  the  cycle  of  experience  continues.  "It's 
about  process  over  product,"  says  Junebug's  John 
O'Neal.  "It  has  to  be  seen  as  a  lens  for  examining  pro- 
cess. And  ultimately,  it's  about  empowering  people  by  af- 
firming their  own  strengths." 

So  once  upon  a  time  some  storytellers  passed 
through,  and  they  helped  revitalize,  revalidate,  connect 
and  reconnect  age-old  rituals  .  .  .  and  things  happened  in 
rural  North  Carolina  and  Mississippi.  The  prospect  of 
community  theaters  developed,  new  arts  participants  ap- 
peared, lots  of  new  plays  were  created  and  all  kinds  of 
people  started  telling  and  listening  to  each  other's 
stories.  ■ 


Building  Bridges  in  Education  Through  Folk  Arts 


Corona-makei  Eva  Castellanoz  teaches  students  how  to  make  the  delicate  crowns  of 
paper  flowers  that  hold  special  significance  in  Mexican  culture.  Through  the  Idaho 
Commission  on  the  Arts  Communit}^  Cultures  program,  Eva  and  other  artisans  were 
able  to  share  their  artistry  and  culture  with  school  children. 
Photo  courtesy  of  Eva  Castellanoz 


by  Julie  Fansebw 


The  United  States  is  a  nation  of  widely  contrast- 
ing cultures,  but  few  states  could  be  as  geographi- 
cally and  historically  different  as  Idaho  and 
Rhode  Island. 

Idaho  is  one  of  the  last  vestiges  of  the  true 
American  West,  its  vast  inland  landscape  marked  by  tow- 
ering mountains,  scenic  rivers  and  windswept  plains  of 
molten  lava  rock  and  sagebrush.  The  state  has  more 
roadless  area  than  any  other  in  the  continental  United 
States,  and  many  of  its  towns  didn't  exist  100  years  ago. 

Rhode  Island,  by  contrast,  was  settled  more 
than  three  centuries  ago  as  a  haven  from  religious  perse- 
cution. The  state's  character  reflects  its  New  England 
heritage  and  its  coastal  location.  Although  small  in  size, 
Rhode  Island  is  one  of  the  nation's  most  densely  settled 
states,  with  about  960  people  per  square  mile  (compared 
to  about  12  people  per  square  mile  in  Idaho). 

Despite  these  differences,  Idaho  and  Rhode 
Island  have  characteristics  in  common.  Each  is  among 
the  nation's  smallest  states  in  terms  of  overall  population, 
which  means  that  state  and  local  agencies  lack  national 
political  and  economic  clout  and  must  often  do  for 
themselves.  Each  state  is  home  to  myriad  people  from 
varied  ethnic  backgrounds.  And  each  has  found  a  way  to 
mine  its  human  resources  to  create  truly  innovative  ap- 
proaches to  folk  arts  education. 

Idaho 

#  Getting  Parents  Involved 

Idaho  is  a  state  of  immigrants.  Except  for  the  state's  Na- 
tive Americans,  few  Idahoans  have  roots  going  back 
more  than  a  century.  Many  of  the  state's  Mexican- 
American  people  are  among  the  most  recent  arrivals  still 
struggling  to  find  acceptance  and  purpose  in  their  new 
communities. 

Many  Mexican-Americans  live  in  Nampa,  a 


town  of  about  28,000  located  in  southwest  Idaho's 
"Treasure  Valley"  near  Boise.  Of  8,100  students  attend- 
ing the  schools  in  the  Nampa  School  District,  eight  per- 
cent are  classified  as  migrant  students.  Some  of  these  mi- 
grant children's  families  have  settled  into  year-round  life 
in  Nampa,  but  others  must  travel  from  town  to  town  as 
they  follow  the  crops  and  work  the  fields.  The  Nampa 
School  District's  Community  Cultures  Program  grew 
out  of  teachers'  and  administrators'  desires  to  help  mi- 
grant parents  participate  in  their  children's  education. 
They  decided  to  do  this  by  integrating  folk  arts  lessons 
into  the  fourth-grade  social  studies  curriculum,  which 
emphasizes  Idaho's  history  and  its  diverse  population. 
"We  want  parents  to  become  more  involved  in  the 
schooling  of  children  ...  so  they  can  see  that  the  schools 
belong  to  them,"  says  Raphael  Ortiz,  one  of  several 
fourth-grade  teachers  at  Nampa's  Lakeview  Elementary 
School.  Lakeview  became  the  program's  pilot  school  be- 
cause of  the  faculty's  willingness  to  take  on  the  task. 


Community  Cultures  Program 
In  pursuing  this  idea,  the  Lakeview  teachers  began  by 
contacting  the  Idaho  Commission  on  the  Arts  (ICA)  and 
asking  if  a  school/community  folk  arts  fair  might  qualify 
for  assistance.  Anna  Marie  Boles,  then  arts  in  education 
director  for  the  ICA,  told  the  teachers  the  fair  didn't 
meet  the  commission's  guidelines  but  that  educational 
artists'  residencies  could  qualify.  Boles  then  told  the 
teachers  about  ideas  for  a  Folk  Arts  in  the  Schools  pro- 
gram that  the  commission  was  considering  developing. 

Everyone  who  took  part  in  the  resulting 
Community  Cultures  Program  emphasized  the  impor- 
tance of  teamwork  in  making  it  start  strongly  and  run 
smoothly.  At  Lakeview  Elementary,  the  Community 
Cultures  team  included  teachers,  the  school  principal, 
district  administrators,  parents  and  other  interested 


00 

c 


3 
CQ 

CQ 
O 
en 


Q_ 

c 
r» 
Q 

o' 

3 


o 

c 
CQ 


o_ 

> 


n 

CD_ 

(D 

D" 

Q 

— f 

3' 
CO 

> 

3 

CD 

n" 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


< 


members  of  the  community,  all  of  whom  worked  with 
staff  people  from  the  ICA.  Twilo  Scofield,  an  Oregon 
folklorist  and  teacher,  served  as  project  consultant.  In  ad- 
dition to  support  from  the  ICA,  the  Idaho  State  Depart- 
ment of  Education  and  its  Migrant  Education  Program, 
the  program  was  funded  in  part  by  a  NEA  Arts  in  Edu- 
cation grant  to  the  Idaho  Commission  on  the  Arts. 

The  Community  Cultures  team  started  by 
seeking  out  traditional  artists  from  a  variety  of  back- 
grounds. They  found  people  like  Filemon  Ballesteros,  a 
Mexican-American  agricultural  crew  leader  who  also 
weaves  intricate,  macrame-style  bags,  and  Eva 
Castellanoz,  a  woman  widely  recognized  for  her  skill  in 
creating  Mexican  coronas  (crowns  made  of  waxed  paper 
flowers).  And  although  the  program  started  with  a  Mexi- 
can-American focus,  coordinators  quickly  learned  about 
talented  artists  from  many  other  ethnic  groups,  including 
a  Shoshone-Paiute  bead  artisan  from  the  nearby  Duck 
Valley  Indian  Reservation,  a  Vietnamese  couple  who  cre- 
ate traditional  lanterns  and  a  Pakistani  storyteller.  Most 
of  these  people  are  themselves  parents  or  grandparents  of 
school-age  children  and  have  a  lifetime  of  informal  teach- 
ing experience. 

In  the  meantime,  the  fourth-grade  teachers  at 
Lakeview  Elementary  School  prepared  their  students 
with  lessons  from  Scofield's  booklet  Out  On  a  Limb.  The 
booklet  helps  children  trace  their  own  family  trees,  ask 
questions  about  their  cultural  heritage  and  bring  evi- 
dence of  that  background  into  the  classroom  through  a 
kind  of  international  "show-and-tell."  One  boy  whose 
family  hailed  from  the  southwest  Pacific  islands  of  Tonga 
taught  his  class  how  to  dance  the  hula.  A  girl  whose 
background  is  Laotian  offered  a  20-minute  program 
showcasing,  among  other  things,  a  tape  of  her  brothers' 
traditional  Laotian  musical  group  and  her  mother's 
native  dress. 


Enthusiasm  in  the  Classroom 
The  teachers  also  took  time  to  tell  the  students  about  the 
artists'  home  countries  before  the  visitors  arrived,  provid- 
ing a  solid  context  for  the  classroom  appearances.  By  the 
time  the  presenters  arrived,  the  children  were  bursting 
with  questions.  "I  was  struck  by  the  preparation  the 
teachers  had  done  with  the  students,"  Boles  says.  "They 
knew  the  questions  to  ask,  and  they  didn't  have  to  be 
prompted."  When  Loc  and  Huyen  Kim  Nguyen,  the 
Vietnamese  couple,  demonstrated  how  to  make  tradi- 
tional lanterns  used  in  an  annual  Children's  Day  parade, 
the  students  asked  so  many  questions  that  the  actual  lan- 
tern-making had  to  wait  until  after  lunch. 

Eva  Castellanoz,  who  lives  just  over  the  Idaho 
border  in  Nyssa,  Oregon,  makes  coronas  in  part  to  keep 
alive  the  ideals  behind  the  delicate  crowns  made  of  paper 
flowers,  which  traditionally  are  worn  by  Mexican  girls  on 
special  occasions.  It  used  to  be  that  only  virgins  could 
don  the  corona  on  their  wedding  day,  she  says,  but  with 
the  increase  in  teen  sexual  activity  the  flowers  no  longer 
hold  the  same  meaning  in  Mexican  ctilture. 

With  a  classroom  of  fourth-graders, 
Castellanoz  takes  a  different  tack.  The  children  watch 
with  rapt  attention  as  she  shapes  paper  petals,  dips  them 
into  hot  wax,  then  molds  the  flowers.  The  flowers  come 
in  different  colors — red,  yellow,  pink — "just  like 
people,"  Castellanoz  says,  "and  each  one  is  beautifiil  in  its 
own  way."  "We're  all  unique  and  the  flowers  we  make 
are  going  to  be  different  from  everyone  else's  flowers," 
she  adds.  "But  they  are  all  going  to  be  beautifiil." 

Castellanoz's  skills  are  known  all  over  the 
West,  and  she  is  a  past  recipient  of  a  National  Heritage 
Award  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts.  She 
enjoys  visiting  classrooms  because  it  gives  her  a  chance  to 
nourish  the  cultural  roots  of  young  Mexican- American 
children  and  help  keep  their  heritage  alive  in  a  very  tan- 


gible  way.  "If  we  help  our  children  to  be  proud  of  who 
they  are  and  what  they  know,  they'll  do  well  anywhere," 
she  says. 

The  Lakeview  teachers  say  they  noticed  defi- 
nite improvements  in  their  students'  levels  of  self-esteem 
and  ctiltural  awareness  following  their  involvement  in  the 
Community  Cultures  Program.  ICA  staff  member  Jil 
Sevy  recalls  that  young  Ricardo  Ballesteros  was  never  par- 
ticularly interested  in  learning  about  his  father's  bag 
weaving  until  the  day  his  dad  actually  showed  up  in  his 
classroom.  "It  made  him  come  out  of  his  shell.  He  was 
like  a  different  kid,"  Sevy  says.  "It  was  great." 

Ricardo  Cedillo,  former  principal  of  Lakeview 
Elementary,  says  parent  participation  was  key  to  the  pro- 
gram's success.  "We  had  a  lot  of  parental  involvement, 
and  when  you  get  the  parents  involved,  it  makes  the  kids 
feel  better,"  he  notes.  "The  kids  felt  proud  of  their  par- 
ents, and  I  hope  they  will  continue  to  feel  that  way." 

Asked  what  advice  they  would  give  other 
groups  trying  to  start  a  similar  program,  the  Community 
Ctiltures  organizers  had  several  suggestions. 

Robert  McCarl,  former  ICA  folk  arts  director, 
says  state  and  local  departments  of  education  need  to 
make  sure  their  multictiltural  education  efforts  are 
ongoing,  integrated  programs  that  make  full  use  of  each 
community's  human  resources.  Only  then,  he  says,  will 
cross-cultural  education  move  away  from  many  schools' 
practice  of  offering  one  week's  instruction  on  a  culture 
"and  figuring  they've  done  it." 

Everyone  involved  stressed  the  need  for  early 
organization  and  cooperation  among  all  parties  partici- 
pating, from  administrators  and  teachers  to  parents  and 
other  community  members. 

"Be  sure  of  your  team,"  says  Howard.  "Be 
sure  everybody  is  well-informed  and  really  wants  to  do 
the  program." 


"To  make  it  work,  the  teacher  involvement 
has  to  be  there,"  says  Sevy.  "It's  quite  labor  intensive. 
The  teachers  at  Lakeview  were  very  enthusiastic  and 
wanted  to  see  it  happen." 

Sevy  adds  that  it's  important  to  have  the 
teachers  trained  by  an  experienced  folklorist.  "If  you 
don't  have  that,  you  have  a  fluffy  little  program  without 
any  substance,"  she  says. 

"Take  the  time  to  plan  it  and  don't  try  to 
rush  into  it,"  advises  Boles.  "Figure  it  will  take  several 
years  to  really  get  it  into  place.  We  just  scratched  the  sur- 
face of  the  potential  of  what's  there,  just  identifying  that 
everyone  carries  with  them  certain  perspectives  and 
knowledge." 

Rhode  Island 

#  Kits  Unearth  Cultural  Treasure 
The  Rhode  Island  State  Council  on  the  Arts  (RISCA) 
has  also  discovered  a  creative  way  to  present  the  art  and 
culture  of  its  diverse  ethnic  groups  to  the  children  of 
Rhode  Island.  During  the  mid-1970s,  the  nation's  small- 
est state  became  a  haven  for  many  Hmong  people  who 
had  fled  the  mountains  of  Laos  and  Burma  in  war-torn 
southeast  Asia.  "Southeast  Asians,  including  the  Hmong, 
were  the  most  recent  immigrant  group  in  the  state  and 
the  one  that  people  knew  the  least  about,"  says  Winnie 
Lambrecht,  director  of  the  council's  Folk  Arts  Program. 

Lambrecht  and  her  assistant,  Carolyn 
Shapiro,  thought  the  best  way  to  introduce  Hmong  cul- 
ture might  be  through  a  kit  that  could  be  loaned  out  to 
interested  schools.  Drawing  on  descriptions  and  artifacts 
from  Hmong  life  overseas  and  in  Rhode  Island,  the 
council  created  a  veritable  treasure  chest  for  all  who 
would  use  the  kit.  Among  the  items  included  were  beau- 
tifully woven  floral  cloth,  photographs,  translated  copies 
of  Hmong  folktales,  a  small  musical  instrument  similar 


00 


3 
CQ 

CP 

q1 

CQ 
(D 


m 

Q- 

c 
n 

Q 

5' 

3 


o 

c 
CO 


o_ 

> 


n 

(D 
Q 

5' 

> 

3 

CD 

n' 

n 

c 
c" 

Q 


^ 


to  a  Jew's  harp  and  cassette  tapes  of  Hmong  music  and 
conversation. 

RISCA  also  produced  a  kit  focusing  on  the 
basket-making  of  three  cultures  represented  in  the  state: 
the  Hmong,  the  Yankees  (or  descendants  of  early  New- 
England  settlers,  mostly  from  England  and  Scotland) 
and  the  Narragansetts.  The  kit  included  finished  baskets 
along  with  photos  of  the  artists  and  introductions  to  bas- 
ket-making techniques. 

RISCA  produced  these  kits  in  1985-86 
through  a  general  support  grant  from  the  NEA  Folk  Arts 
Program.  Recently,  Lambrecht  co-produced  a  third  kit 
focusing  on  sub-Saharan  African  cultures  for  the  Rhode 
Island  School  of  Design  (RISD)  Museum,  which  funded 
the  project  through  a  foundation  grant.  Lambrecht  says 
each  kit  costs  between  $2,000  and  $4,000  to  develop 
and  produce,  depending  on  how  much  research  is 
needed.  The  two  RISCA  kits  have  remained  in  continual 
use  since  the  mid  1 980s,  and  the  RISD  kit  is  available  on 
a  subscription  basis. 

"The  kits  give  kids  a  switchboard  they  can 
plug  into,"  says  Dan  Kahn,  RISCA  folk  arts  program  as- 
sistant. Some  children  may  want  to  ask  questions  about  a 
group's  history,  while  others  may  be  more  interested  in 
the  art  forms  or  language.  The  kits  offer  plenty  of  differ- 
ent stimtili  and  many  avenues  of  introduction  to  the  cul- 
ture, Kahn  notes.  They  are  used  only  in  conjunction 
with  a  classroom  visit  by  a  traditional  anist,  or  as  the  ba- 
sis for  a  school  exhibition. 

Through  the  kits,  RISCA  strives  to  provide 
enough  background  so  users  can  gain  an  understanding 
of  the  entire  culture,  not  just  the  arts.  For  example,  the 
basket-making  kit  showed  how  different  factors  ulti- 
mately disrupted  the  traditional  craft.  In  the  case  of  the 
Yankees,  change  came  about  through  industrialization; 
for  the  Hmong,  it  was  geographical  dislocation;  and  for 


Native  Americans,  environmental  conditions  including 
paved  roads  and  construction  eliminated  the  natural  ma- 
terials used  for  the  baskets.  "The  kits  go  beyond  artistic 
appreciation,"  Lambrecht  says,  "they  indicate  the  tradi- 
tional arts  are  part  of  a  context." 

One  teacher  who  has  used  the  kits  is  Susan 
McGreevy-Nichols,  who  works  at  Roger  Williams 
Middle  School  in  Providence,  a  school  where  the  student 
body  is  more  than  90  percent  minority,  blending  Mexi- 
can-American, African-American  and  Asian  cultures  in 
its  classrooms.  McGreevy-Nichols  tries  to  incorporate 
her  students'  varied  cultural  backgrounds  into  her  classes. 
The  kits  offer  an  easy  way  to  accomplish  both  objectives, 
she  says.  "It's  really  hands-on,  things  they  can  touch,"  she 
notes.  McGreevy-Nichols  also  appreciates  the  wealth  of 
information  each  self-contained  kit  offers.  "It  does  a  lot 
of  the  research  that  I  don't  have  time  to  do,"  she  says. 
"I'd  like  to  see  a  kit  for  every  culture." 


Looking  to  the  Future 

Both  the  Idaho  and  Rhode  Island  programs  got  off  to 
strong  starts  in  the  mid-to-late  1 980s,  fueled  by  the  vi- 
sion and  hard  work  of  their  founders.  Now,  however, 
each  program  is  struggling.  But  no  one  in  either  state  is 
ready  to  give  up. 

RISCA  hopes  to  compile  additional  kits  rep- 
resenting other  cultures,  including  the  state's  varied  His- 
panic populations,  French-Americans  and  emigrants 
from  the  Cape  Verde  Islands.  But  the  council's  staff  has 
been  pared  from  1 3  to  7  people,  and  there  is  neither  time 
nor  money  for  new  projects.  Meanwhile,  the  kits  are  still 
available  for  loan  to  schools,  and  libraries  have  expressed 
interest,  too. 

Idaho's  program  attracted  funding  from  the 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  as  well  as  the  state  arts 
commission  and  education  department.  Activities  started 


at  Lakeview  Elementary  in  1 989  and  continued  for  two 
school  years.  Following  this  pilot  period,  the  state  mi- 
grant education  program  expressed  an  interest  in  expand- 
ing cross-cultural  education  to  other  towns  throughout 
the  state.  Two  bilingual  videotapes  were  produced  to 
help  other  communities  understand  and  implement  the 
Community  Cultures  Program,  and  these  remain  avail- 
able to  interested  schools  and  community  groups.  But 
before  Community  Ctiltures  could  be  formally  expanded 
to  these  schools  and  communities,  the  program  was  tem- 
porarily put  on  hold. 

Idaho  Commission  on  the  Arts  Executive  Di- 
rector Margot  Knight  says  ICA's  five-year  plan  calls  for 
expansion  of  the  project  into  three  schools  in  the  next 
year.  Voicing  her  support  for  the  program  and  her  hopes 
it  will  continue.  Knight  adds,  "This  program  is  a  great  re- 
minder to  kids  and  their  parents  that  art  is  not  some- 
thing the  'other'  people  do.  Art  is  in  every  Idahoan's  his- 
torical backyard." 

In  the  meantime,  Lakeview's  teachers  are  do- 
ing their  best  to  keep  the  program  going  on  their  own. 
Lakeview  teacher  Ellen  Howard,  for  example,  remembers 
how  to  make  the  three-dimensional,  star-shaped  Viet- 
namese lanterns  and  so  has  passed  that  skill  on  to  new 
classes  of  fourth-graders  since  the  Nguyens'  visit. 

The  two  videotapes  describing  the  Commu- 
nity Cultures  Program,  for  which  the  state  migrant  edu- 
cation department  provided  production  support,  con- 
tinue to  carry  the  message.  One  tape  provides  an 
overview  of  the  Community  Cultures  Program;  the  other 
focuses  on  "Senor  Ballesteros,"  the  Mexican-American 
bag  weaver.  Each  tape  is  available  in  both  English  and 
Spanish. 

Warren  Taylor,  state  migrant  education  di- 
rector, says  the  tapes  have  been  shown  all  over  the  state 
and  he  understands  several  districts  are  using  the  Com- 


munity Cultures  model  to  develop  programs  of  their 
own.  "We  don't  even  know  the  full  effect  the  videotapes 
have  had,"  Taylor  says.  But  he  was  present  in  Nampa's 
neighboring  district,  Caldwell,  when  the  videos  were 
shown  to  a  group  of  local  Mexican-American  leaders.  "By 
the  end,  they  all  had  tears  in  their  eyes,"  he  recalls.  "And 
they  said,  'If  Nampa  can  do  that,  Caldwell  can  too.'  " 

"I  think  there's  always  a  pride  in  what  one 
can  produce  and  create,"  Taylor  adds.  "To  think  that 
other  people  wotild  be  interested  in  that  and  wotild  want 
to  learn  it  too  just  makes  you  feel  good.  It  makes  you 
want  to  share  what  you  know,  and  it  makes  you  feel  like 
what  you  know  is  worthwhile."  ■ 

Julie  Fanselow  is  an  Idaho-based  free-lance  editor,  writer  and  publicist. 
She  has  written  about  the  arts  for  numerous  regional  and  national 
publications,  and  she  serves  on  the  board  of  directors  for  the  Ma^c 
Valley  Arts  Council  in  Twin  Falls,  Idaho. 


U3 

C 


3 

CQ 
0) 
u> 


m 
Q- 

c 

Q 


o 

c 
CO 


o_ 

> 


A  Celebration  of  Life  Through 
Words,  Music,  Song  and  Dance 


^ 

^^1^  J  B^M 

-^^^Kk 

iVjj 

_y  -^^ 

^ 

1 

''WSWf     JMlKM^Kf  10€^  '           W^ 

f^r'.^S^ 

»   ' 

^^ 

k:  -----       .■■--iL:,...: .  ... 

■   ..-#J'-S'V>v>>.'''J.:%'l^*^^**SSSBi^iih^V-j,^(Jj^^,';.>._ 

With  California  Generations,  presenters  and  the  state  arts  agency  collaborated  to 
present  performers  from  around  the  world,  all  of  whom  now  call  California  home. 
Chatuye  is  shown  performing  the  drumming,  song  and  dance  of  the  Garifuna  people 
of  Belize. 

Photo  courtesy  of  the  National  Council  for  the  Traditional  Arts 


l?y  Margarita  Nieto  and  Mark  Cianca 


They  traveled  up  and  down  die  length  and  breadth 
of  the  Golden  State,  this  eclectic  group  of  singers, 
dancers,  musicians  and  poets.  In  each  place  they 
enchanted  audiences  with  their  dazzling  costumes, 
haunting  music  and  lively  songs  and  dances.  This  perfor- 
mance tour  was  California  Generations,  an  extraordinary 
endeavor  that  presented  a  California  often  overshadowed 
by  the  stereotypical  glittery,  plastic  image  of  life  in  the 
land  of  sun  and  surf  It  presented  songs  and  chants  in 
Karuk  and  Yurok,  the  languages  of  California's  Klamath 
River  people;  dances  celebrating  Hmong  and  Tibetan 
rituals  and  myths;  ancient  Hawaiian  chants;  and  pulsat- 
ing rhythmic  Gariftma  music.  California  Generations 
was  a  tribute  to  cultural  traditions  in  contemporary  Cali- 
fornia and  a  manifestation  of  how  culture  binds  families. 

The  group,  which  also  included  a  cowboy 
poet,  an  Afghani  dutar  master  and  a  group  of  Mexican 
jarocho  musicians  originally  from  the  state  of  Veracruz, 
also  bears  witness  to  California's  diverse  population.  This 
phenomenon  not  only  reflects  the  changing  demograph- 
ics across  the  United  States,  it  is  also  indicative  of  the 
■  state's  imique  geographical  site.  California  is  truly  the  last 
frontier,  the  jumping-oflF  place  that  opens  up  to  the 
world.  Its  western  border  consists  of  1,000  miles  of  Pa- 
cific coasdine,  and  its  ports,  San  Francisco,  Los  Angeles- 
San  Pedro  and  San  Diego  are  important  North  Ameri- 
can gateways  to  the  South  Pacific  and  Asia.  To  the  south, 
it  borders  Mexico,  to  which  it  once  belonged,  and  La 
Lima  is  the  major  port  of  entry  for  immigrants  coming 
from  Mexico  and  Central  and  South  America.  As  a  con- 
sequence California  boasts  a  spectrtmi  of  world  cultures 
living  within  its  borders.  There  are  approximately  240 
ethnic,  occupational,  religious,  linguistic  and  regional 
groups  in  California  as  well  as  1 24  rural  tribal  reserva- 
tions and  rancherias  for  some  40,000  native  Californians. 
California  Generations  proposed  to  emphasize  the  pride 


that  these  immigrants  maintain  in  the  cultural  traditions 
they  have  brought  with  them  into  this  new  land  and  the 
continuing  strength  of  centuries-old  native  values,  cus- 
toms and  performance  traditions. 


How  It  Came  to  Be 

California  Generations  was  conceived  by  Mark  Cianca, 
the  booking  director  of  California  Presenters,  and  Joe 
Wilson,  director  of  the  National  Council  for  the  Tradi- 
tional Arts  (NCTA),  in  November  1989.  The  idea  was 
developed  in  response  to  the  needs  of  California's  diverse 
presenting  community  and  the  unique  cultural  mix  of 
the  state.  California  Presenters,  a  booking  consortium  of 
the  state's  presenters  whose  membership  consists  of  both 
large,  university-based  presenters  and  small,  community- 
based  organizations,  had  never  before  commissioned  new 
work.  The  breadth  of  its  members  and  the  distances  be- 
tween them  seemed  to  preclude  engaging  in  a  commis- 
sioning project  that  would  serve  a  majority  of  the  mem- 
bers and  help  move  the  organization  forward. 

According  to  Mark  Cianca,  "California  Gen- 
erations worked  in  reverse."  The  usual  method  is  to  com- 
mission a  new  ballet  or  a  new  musical  piece  from  an  art- 
ist, choreographer  or  composer.  "California  Presenters 
asked  the  NCTA  to  work  with  us  on  the  development  of 
a  tour,  not  of  a  brand  new  piece  of  art,  but  of  art  that  was 
based  in  community  and  passed  along  through  time.  We 
would  work  with  the  NCTA  to  discover  a  part  of  Cali- 
fornia that  few  among  us  knew  or  understood:  the  folk 
arts  traditions  of  the  state's  immigrant  and  indigenous 
communities."  A  program  such  as  this,  a  global  view  of 
California's  folk  tradition,  had  never  been  done  before. 

California  Presenters  already  had  a  long- 
standing relationship  with  NCTA.  California  Presenters' 
members  had  presented  many  of  the  highly  successful 
tours  that  Joe  Wilson  had  produced  in  the  past,  includ- 


n 

Q 


Q 

O 

CD 

fl> 


o 

3 


n 

CD 

cr 


3 
CO 


(D 

n' 

n 

c 
c" 

Q 


< 

CD 


ing  Ratces  Musicales,  which  featured  the  regional  musics 
of  Mexico  and  the  Hispanic  Southwest,  and  Masters  of 
the  Folk  Violin.  According  to  Wilson,  California  was  a 
particularly  rich  source  for  this  kind  of  event.  "In  the  last 
thirty  years,"  he  says,  "California  has  been  enriched  by  a 
disproportionate  number  of  immigrants,  many  of  them 
artists,  who  have  chosen  to  remain  there." 

California  Presenters  provided  an  organiza- 
tional backbone  for  the  experiment.  The  organization 
not  only  drew  on  audiences  already  developed  in  a  par- 
ticular community  for  this  kind  of  event,  they  also  uti- 
lized each  member  as  a  hub  for  the  performance  itself 
and  for  activities  to  be  held  in  conjunction  with  it.  Cali- 
fornia Presenters  also  sought  the  funding  for  the  tour, 
which  was  diflPicult  to  obtain  despite  potential  funders' 
expressions  of  admiration  for  the  project.  Funders  were 
reluctant  to  support  a  project  that  defied  the  traditional 
commissioning  model.  As  Cianca  describes  it,  "We  were 
working  counter  to  funding  conventions:  we  asked  for 
the  money  in  advance  so  we  could  find  the  artists  we 
wotild  present  in  the  program." 


to  the  State  and  Regional  Program  of  the  National  En- 
dowment for  the  Arts.  The  Lila  Wallace-Readers  Digest 
Fund  also  provided  project  support. 


An  Extraordinary  Effort 
Fortunately  the  California  Arts  Council  (CAC)  was  en- 
thusiastic about  California  Generations  and  met  the 
challenge  of  Rinding  the  unusual  project.  By  being  cre- 
ative and  flexible,  CAC  was  able  to  accommodate  the 
project's  financial  breadth  by  distributing  it  over  three 
programs:  California  Challenge  Program,  Multicultural 
Arts  Development  Program  and  Performing  Arts  Tour- 
ing and  Presenting  Program.  Since  the  project  was  being 
funded  through  three  programs  and  therefore  could  not 
go  through  the  normal  panel  review  process,  council 
members  reviewed  and  approved  the  expenditure  of 
funds  for  California  Generations.  The  arts  council  also 
submitted  a  successfiil  proposal  on  behalf  of  the  project 


Selecting  the  Artists 
The  major  objectives  of  California  Generations  included 
identifying  and  honoring  California's  folk  artists  and 
community-based  presenters,  and  cultivating  and  serving 
an  expanding  audience  base.  A  less  tangible  objective  was 
that  by  showcasing  the  state's  cultural  diversity  everyone 
involved — audience,  performers  and  organizers — ^would 
have  the  opportunity  to  see  themselves  in  a  new  light. 
There  was  also  hope  that  this  project  would  give  impetus 
to  similar  projects  nationwide  and  even  worldwide. 

But  how  to  select  the  representative  perform- 
ers for  such  a  tour  in  the  most  populous  state  in  the  na- 
tion? For  that,  Cianca  and  Wilson  met  with  the  Genera- 
tions Committee  to  discuss  the  development  of  field 
work  and  to  identify  the  cadre  of  field  workers  needed  to 
accomplish  it.  The  Generations  Committee  was  com- 
posed of  arts  specialists  from  the  National  Council  for 
the  Traditional  Arts,  California  Arts  Council  and  Cali- 
fornia Presenters,  including:  Joe  Wilson  and  Julia  Olin 
from  the  NCTA;  staff  from  the  California  Arts  Council, 
including  Philip  Horn,  then  manager  of  the  CAC  Per- 
forming Arts  Touring  and  Presenting  Program,  and  Bar- 
bara Rahm,  then  coordinator  of  the  CAC  Folk  Arts  Pro- 
gram; and  Mark  Cianca  and  others  from  California 
Presenters. 

The  National  Council  for  the  Traditional 
Arts  was  charged  with  the  task  of  producing  the  tour.  Joe 
Wilson  contacted  a  network  of  community  leaders  who 
began  identifying  different  groups  and  along  with  those 
leaders,  a  field  group,  consisting  of  field- workers  and 
consultants,  scholars  and  specialists  who  served  as  "eyes 
and 


ears. 


Chaksam-Pa  draws  from  the  folk  songs  and  dances,  operas  and  rituals  of  Tibet  in  its 
performances. 

Photo  courtesy  of  the  National  Council  for  the  Traditional  Arts 


n 

(D 


3 
CO 

> 

3 

(D 

n 

c 
c 
Q 


< 

(D 


,  The  results  of  the  fieldwork  were  presented  at 
a  ten-hour  meeting  of  the  Generations  Committee,  dur- 
ing which  they  viewed  videotapes,  listened  to  recordings 
and  discussed  the  blend  and  aesthetic  mix  of  the  artists 
they  were  considering.  "We  saw  cultural  treasures,  in  raw 
and  unedited  format,  and  the  toughest  part  of  the  project 
became  the  culling  of  a  lengthy  list  into  a  briefer  set  of 
preferences  and  priorities,"  says  Cianca.  They  finished 
the  meeting  with  a  "short  list"  and  a  directive  for  Joe 
Wilson:  To  talk  with  each  of  the  artists  and  ensembles 
on  the  list  to  determine  if  they  were  capable  and  inter- 
ested in  touring  for  up  to  three  weeks,  and  to  verify  their 
artistic  merit  and  the  value  they  would  bring  to  a  fiill- 
length  production. 

Wilson  and  staff  then  spent  a  month  inter- 
viewing artists  and  shortening  the  list.  When  the  dust 
settled,  the  artists  they  had  engaged  for  the  California 
Generanons  tour  included:  Native  Californian  singer- 
poets,  Jimmie  James  and  Julian  Lang;  jarocho  musicians 
Los  Pregoneros  del  Puerto;  cowboy  poet  Jesse  Smith; 
Hawaiian  chanters  and  dancers  Sissy  Kaio  and  family; 
the  Garifuna  group  Chatuye;  Hmong  master  Ge  Xiong 
and  his  students;  Afghani  dutar  master  Aziz  Herawi  and 
son;  and  Tibetan  folk  musicians  Chaksam-Pa. 

Once  the  selections  were  final,  Wilson  spent 
three  weeks  traveling  through  California  and  visiting 
each  group.  He  remembers  the  evening  spent  with 
Jimmie  James  and  Julian  Lang  at  home  on  the  banks  of 
the  Klamath  River.  "Someone  in  the  community  had 
caught  a  huge  sturgeon  and  everyone  was  busily  butcher- 
ing it  so  that  it  could  be  shared  with  family  and  friends. 
There  was  all  this  coming  and  going  and  then  they  bar- 
becued the  sturgeon.  We  spent  the  evening  eating  and 
talking  with  Jimmie  James,  watching  the  moon  rise  over 
the  river  and  the  forest.  Time  just  ceased  to  exist.  I  was  to 
have  stayed  an  hour;  I  left  at  midnight  six  hours  later." 


The  California  Generations  Tour 
The  performers  themselves  didn't  meet  until  the  rehears- 
als during  a  four-day  period  set  aside  in  Visalia  before  the 
tour  began.  Julia  Olin,  the  director  for  the  tour,  recalls 
the  feeling  that  developed  among  the  performers  when 
they  came  together  in  Visalia:  "There  was  initially  a  feel- 
ing of  apprehension.  What  kind  of  a  commitment  had 
they  made  to  live,  sleep,  eat  and  travel  together  with 
these  strangers  for  an  entire  month?  But  the  apprehen- 
sion dissolved  when  they  actually  began  rehearsing."  And 
what  surfaced  immediately  was  a  feeling  of  mutual  re- 
spect for  the  art,  for  the  artist  and  for  the  culture.  Olin 
also  remembers  a  poignant  moment  when  Jimmie  James, 
Yurok  Elder  and  a  great  spiritual  leader,  asked  the  group 
to  stand  together,  hold  hands  and  pray  for  the  unity  and 
success  of  the  tour. 

A  spirit  of  community  and  unity  developed 
and  grew  as  the  tour  began.  According  to  Hawaiian  per- 
former Sissy  Kaio,  the  group  began  interacting  almost 
immediately,  and  by  the  second  week  they  were  like  an 
extended  family.  On  the  bus  they  exchanged  stories  to 
pass  the  time.  Once  they  arrived  at  their  lodgings,  Kaio 
quickly  became  the  main  cook  and  everyone  came  by  to 
share  the  meals.  They  began  to  learn  words  and  phrases 
in  each  other's  language,  and  they  quickly  began  to  real- 
ize that  their  similarities  far  outweighed  their  differences. 
Kaio's  six-year-old  son,  Pele,  may  have  profited  the  most, 
however,  as  he  learned  to  dance  with  the  Hmong,  play 
the  harp  with  the  jarocho  musicians,  play  drums  with 
Chatuye  and  twirled  dizzily  with  the  Tibetan  dancers. 
Sissie  Kaio  is  certain  that  the  experience  of  that  one 
month  will  remain  with  Pele  for  the  rest  of  his  life. 

The  California  Generations  tour  began  on 
Saturday,  October  24,  at  Stanford  University's  Memorial 
Auditorium  and  ended  on  November  1 5  at  the  Univer- 
sity Theatre  at  the  University  of  California,  Riverside. 


During  those  three  weeks  the  artists  performed  1 5  full- 
length  programs,  7  one-hour  programs  for  K-12  students 
and  1 8  other  outreach  activities  in  locations  ranging  as 
far  north  as  Yreka  and  Areata  and  as  far  south  as  La  JoUa. 
In  one  outreach  effort  the  presenter,  Humboldt  State 
Center  Arts,  partnered  with  local  Klamath  River 
Indian  organizations  to  bring  the  artists  to  reservation 
schools  and  to  make  free  tickets  available  to  those 
communides. 


The  Performances 
The  tour  was  two-thirds  over  when  California  Genera- 
tions played  UCLA's  Wadsworth  Theatre.  The  evening 
began  with  a  pre-performance  lecture  by  David  Roche, 
the  fieldwork  supervisor  for  the  project.  Roche  explained 
the  objectives  behind  the  concept  and  also  shared  some 
of  the  excitement  of  discovery  that  those  involved  with 
the  performance  had  experienced.  By  the  time  the  lecture 
was  over,  the  auditorium  was  almost  entirely  full.  The 
audience  was  typically  Californian:  every  possible  race 
and  ethnic  culture  was  represented,  as  well  as  every  age 
group. 

As  the  lights  dimmed,  Master  of  Ceremonies 
Jtilian  Lang,  a  member  of  the  Karuk  tribe,  stepped  out 
against  a  background  of  moon  and  sky.  Addressing  the 
audience,  he  too  spoke  about  the  way  in  which  this 
group  of  performers  had  come  together.  Lang  then  intro- 
duced Yurok  Elder  Jimmie  James,  who  brought  the  audi- 
ence together  in  shared  prayer  (facing  east),  then  pro- 
ceeded to  tell  a  Yurok  prophecy  of  the  coming  of  the 
people  of  four  colors  to  the  world  and  sang  the  powerRil 
Bush  Dance  song. 

Then  out  they  danced,  masked  and  bearded, 
Chaksam-Pa  (Tashi  Dhondup,  Sonan  Pelmo  and  Karma 
Gyaltsen),  the  only  resident  Tibetan  performing  arts  en- 
semble in  the  Americas.  As  they  stamped  and  twirled. 


they  took  us  back,  far  beyond  the  illusory  moon  to  the 
"roof  of  the  world,"  to  Tibet.  They  transported  us  there 
through  their  dances  and  music.  Now  residents  of  San 
Francisco,  these  artists  came  here  to  live  as  a  result  of  the 
political  turmoil  in  their  ancestral  land  and  represent  a 
crucial  element  in  preserving  the  threatened  culture  of  an 
exiled  people. 

No  sooner  had  they  exited  when  the  lights 
came  up  on  a  group  of  seated  musicians,  Afghani  dutar 
master  Aziz  Herawi,  his  son  Omar  and  Glulam  Abbas 
Khan,  playing  and  singing  music  as  timeless  as  the  world 
itself  A  famous  musician  in  his  native  Herwat,  Aziz 
Herawi  left  Afganistan  in  1 983  and  escaped  with  his 
family  into  Pakistan.  He  has  lived  in  Concord  since  1985 
where  he  has  taught  his  sons  to  play  the  ancient  instru- 
ments and  to  sing  the  music  reminiscent  of  the  ancient 
"Silk  Route"  to  China. 

As  Jesse  Smith,  cowboy  poet,  strolled  out,  the 
audience  was  transported  back  to  the  tradition  of  the 
Old  West.  A  fifdi-generation  Californian  and  working 
cowboy.  Smith  was  born  and  raised  in  Porterville,  and  he 
regaled  the  audience  with  salty  narratives  and  tall  tales. 

The  final  aa  before  intermission,  Los 
Pregoneros  del  Puerto  (Jose  Gutierrez,  Valente  Reyes  and 
Gonzalo  Mata),  came  out  sinxraxnin^  jaranci,  requinto 
and  harp.  The  group  of  professional  musicians  and  na- 
tive veracruzanos  was  formed  in  Veracruz  in  1 964  and  re- 
united in  the  United  States  in  1 982.  It  was  a  rousing  fi- 
nale to  the  first  half  of  the  program  as  the  group  played 
the  original  "La  Bamba"  and  other  famous  tunes  from 
the  Mexican  gulf  coast.  A  group  of  enthusiastic  fans  ex- 
pressed their  approval  by  clapping  thunderously  and  call- 
ing out  to  them  as  they  left  the  stage. 

The  audience  had  scarcely  been  seated  after 
the  intermission  when  Hmong  master  Ge  Xiong  and  his 
students,  Choua  Her,  Pao  Yang  and  Tong  Lee,  appeared 


n 

Q_ 

—I 

q" 
(D 

<D 

o 

-^ 
Q 


n 

CD 

O" 

■n 
Q 

5' 

CD 
> 

3 

(D 

n' 

n 


< 

(D 


in  their  traditional  robes  playing  instruments  and  per- 
forming intricate  dances. 

Ge  Xiong  is  master  of  the  geej  school,  which 
was  founded  by  Hmong  elders  in  Fresno  three  years  ago 
to  teach  the  young  the  ancient  rituals  of  talking  through 
instruments  and  of  conjuring  power  and  spirits  through 
dance  and  song.  Threatened  by  extinction  because  of  the 
recent  political  upheavals  in  Southeast  Asia,  some  30,000 
Hmong  live  in  Fresno  today,  making  it  the  largest  com- 
munity of  Hmong  in  the  world. 

Again  the  stage  darkened.  With  the  song  and 
strains  of  hula  kahiko,  the  ancient  hula  dance  and  music 
of  Hawaii,  Sissie  Kaio  and  her  family  (Annette,  Kawena, 
Kimo,  Lincoln,  Jr.  and  Pele),  appeared  onstage.  Swaying 
to  chants  dedicated  to  the  Hawaiian  gods,  their  hands 
poetically  narrated  myths  and  stories.  A  highlight  of  the 
Kaio  performance  was  the  hula  that  explained  through 
song  and  movement  why  boys  are  boys  and  girls  are  girls. 
Sissie  Kaio  directs  a  halau  (hula  school)  in  Carson,  which 
is  also  home  to  a  large  community  from  the  South  Pa- 
cific. There  she  instructs  many  young  people  in  the  old 
arts,  which  are  a  key  to  Hawaiian  history,  folklore  and 
culture. 

No  sooner  had  the  Kaio  family  left  to  the  ap- 
preciative cheers  of  the  audience  than  the  Gariftma 
Chatuye,  led  by  Sidney  Mejia,  filled  the  stage  and  the  au- 
ditorium with  pulsating  drimis  and  song,  combining  Af- 
rican rhythms  with  a  beat  reminiscent  of  Puerto  Rican 
and  Cuban  music.  The  Garifiana,  also  known  as  Black 
Carib  Indians  and  Garinagus,  are  originally  from  Belize 
and  Honduras.  Chatuye  is  from  Los  Angeles  where  ap- 
proximately 5,000  Gariftina  live. 

As  the  beat  of  Chatuye's  drums  faded  away, 
the  performance  was  suddenly  over.  The  artists  all  came 
out,  joined  hands  and  passed  in  two  lines  in  front  and 
through  each  other:  Native  Californians,  Tibetans,  cow- 


boy poets,  Afghani  dutar  musicians,  jarochos,  Hmong, 
Hawaiians,  Garifiana — Californians  all. 

Ehele  kapoina  'ole 

E  hull  'eke  alo  i  hope  nei 

"Go,  without  forgetting  to  turn  your  gaze 
back  here."  Suddenly  the  lyrics  of  the  ancient  Hawaiian 
song  took  on  new  meaning.  In  viewing  the  marvelous 
traditions  and  culture  that  these  people  had  managed  to 
preserve,  it  became  evident  that  art  and  culture  are  in  the 
end  the  best  possession.  Most  of  these  people  had  arrived 
in  California  seemingly  dispossessed — stripped  of  their 
lands,  separated  from  family  and  friends.  And  yet  they 
brought  with  them  riches  beyond  measure  because  they 
carried  their  culture  and  their  past  with  them  in  music, 
song,  dance  and  verse. 


Looking  Back  and  Looking  Ahead 

In  retrospect,  Joe  Wilson  and  Mark  Cianca  both  agree 
that  all  the  years  of  planning  and  the  hours  spent  orga- 
nizing California  Generations  were  well  worth  the  effort. 
Audio  tapes  of  the  performances  will  be  transformed  into 
a  compact  disc.  An  hour-long  television  documentary  of 
California  Generations  will  be  completed  by  June  1993 
and  will  be  aired  by  all  13  California  public  television 
stations.  The  program  may  also  be  distributed  to  the  en- 
tire national  network  of  PBS  affiliates  for  later  rebroad- 
cast.  And  the  news  has  gone  forth.  Other  states  and  re- 
gions are  interested  in  organizing  similar  performances. 
In  California,  people  are  inquiring  about  a  sequel  to 
California  Generations. 

The  project  has  been  a  seed  for  the  develop- 
ment of  the  artists  who  participated.  Three  of  the  eight 
ensembles  now  have  professional  recording  contracts 
with  important  internationally-distributed  labels.  Sissy 
Kaio  and  family  have  been  asked  to  speak  at  schools  and 
colleges  throughout  southern  California.  Five  of  the 


groups  have  been  booked  in  new  venues  in  distant  places 
as  a  result  of  this  work. 

The  greatest  gain  for  all  those  who  partici-  Q 

pated  in  California  Generations,  in  its  organization,  pro-  g^ 

duction,  performance  and  audience,  is  the  understanding  ~ 

that  multiculturalism  and  cultural  diversity  are  not  mere  O 

buzzwords.  Rather,  they  are  real  concepts  embodied  in  5 

the  vitality  and  energy  that  is  California.  ■  ° 


o 


Margarita  Nieto  is  an  art  historian  and  art  writer  from  Los  Angeles.  A 
professor  at  California  State  University  where  she  directs  the  Humani- 
ties Interdisciplinary  Program,  she  is  also  a  native  Califomian. 

Mark  Cianca,  president  of  California  Presenters,  is  also  director  of  Arts 
&  Lectures  at  the  University  of  California,  Santa  Cruz.  Originally  from 
Montana,  he  has  been  an  active  performing  arts  presenter  in  Alaska  and 
California. 


Additional  State  and  Regional  Arts  Agency 
Initiatives  in  Support  of  Cultural  Diversity 


n 

(D_ 
CD 

— ^ 
Q 

5' 

CQ 
> 

3 

(D 
n' 

lyt" 

n 

c 
c 

Q 


< 

0 


The  following  is  an  overview  of  the  many  initiatives  taking 
place  in  the  states  and  regions  that  further  cultural  diversity. 
The  text  was  submitted  by  the  46  state  and  regional  arts 
agencies  not  highlighted  in  the  preceding  chapters.  Like  the 
stories  in  those  chapters,  this  compilation  illustrates  that  the 
ways  in  which  cultural  diversity  is  addressed  are  as  varied  as 
the  populations  being  served.  This  chapter  provides  a  sense  of 
both  the  similarities  and  differences  in  state  and  regional  ap- 
proaches toward  a  national  priority. 

The  State  Arts  Agencies 

#  Alabama  State  Council  on  the  Arts 
The  Alabama  State  Council  on  the  Arts  has  initiated  a 
multifaceted  outreach  project  to  identify  and  assist  artists 
and  organizations  active  in  Alabama's  diverse  rural  and 
multicultural  communities.  Realizing  that  traditional  in- 
formation and  delivery  systems  were  not  applicable  in  a 
state  with  a  majority  of  its  population  living  in  nonurban 
and  isolated  areas,  the  council  has  adopted  policy  and 
guideline  changes  that  focus  attention  on  multicultural 
issues  as  well  as  cultural  diversity. 

New  initiatives  developed  with  the  assistance 
of  the  NEA  include  the  establishment  of  a  Center  for 
Traditional  Culture  and  a  matching  grant  program  for 
the  development  of  rural  arts  centers  in  the  state's  tradi- 
tional Black  Belt  region.  Additionally,  the  council  is 
working  on  an  initiative  started  by  the  state's  African 
American  artist  community.  The  initiative  seeks  to  iden- 
tify black  artists  and  arts  organizations  as  well  as  commu- 
nity service  organizations  involved  in  arts  programming 
and  link  them  to  an  information  sharing  network. 


#  Alaska  State  Council  on  the  Arts 

The  Alaska  State  Council  on  the  Arts  has  a  fiill-time  Folk 
Arts  Coordinator  on  staff  who  is  primarily  responsible 
for  various  projects  and  programs  involving  Alaska  Na- 
tive art  and  cultural  activities.  This  position  is  supported 
in  part  by  a  grant  from  the  NEA  Folk  Arts  Program.  The 
council  has  a  Master  Artist  and  Apprentice  Program  spe- 
cifically for  traditional  Native  arts.  The  purpose  of  this 
program,  which  is  also  supported  in  part  by  the  NEA,  is 
to  encourage  traditional  Native  artists  to  pass  on  their 
knowledge  and  skill  to  younger  members  of  their 
community. 

This  year  two  staff  members  will  be  traveling 
to  four  rural  communities  in  Nome,  Kotzebue,  Barrow 
and  Bethel  to  offer  on-site  technical  assistance  to  emerg- 
ing arts  councils  and  to  organizations  that  are  interested 
in  pursuing  grants  for  folk  or  Native  arts  programs.  This 
activity  is  funded  by  a  grant  from  the  NEA  Arts  Projects 
in  Underserved  Communities  category. 


Arizona  Commission  on  the  Arts 
Issues  of  cultural  preservation,  repatriation  legislation  and 
community  empowerment  have  caused  Native  American 
communities  to  take  a  proactive  stance  in  the  planning 
and  the  formation  of  cultural  committees  and  museums 
throughout  Arizona.  In  1988  Atlatl,  a  national  Native 
American  arts  service  organization,  and  the  Arizona 
Commission  on  the  Arts  began  the  first  in  a  series  of 
tribal  museum  meetings  to  discuss  the  lack  of  accessibil- 
ity to  information  and  training  in  museum  development. 
In  1989  funding  from  the  NEA  State  and  Regional 


Program  enabled  the  Tribal  Museum  Assessment  pro- 
gram to  provide  technical  assistance  to  tribal  museums 
through  on-site  consultations  and  quarterly  meetings. 
Success  of  this  program  is  due  to  Atlatl's  significant  role 
in  program  development  and  community  participation. 
Ongoing  support  for  the  program  is  provided  by  the  arts 
commission. 

Empowerment  through  professional  staff  de- 
velopment of  community  members  in  the  creation  of 
their  ow^n  museums  is  a  primary  issue.  Funding  for  full- 
time  museum  directors  at  tribal  museums  is  available 
through  the  commission.  In  1992  additional  funding 
was  granted  through  the  Rural  Arts  Initiative  of  the  NEA 
Expansion  Arts  Program  for  staff  support  and  technical 
assistance. 

^  Arkansas  Arts  Council 
The  Arkansas  Arts  Coimcil  is  preserving  indigenous  art 
traditions  and  providing  cultural  access  to  some  of  the 
most  economically  depressed  counties  in  the  state.  The 
Delta  Cultural  Center,  which  serves  surrounding  coun- 
ties in  the  Delta  region,  is  the  focal  point  of  program- 
ming involving  youth  in  hands-on  art  projects.  Weekly 
art  exchanges  and  instruction  on  traditional  and  nontra- 
ditional  art  forms  involve  approximately  150  elderly  resi- 
dents. This  initiative  is  fiinded  by  a  grant  from  the  NEA 
Arts  Projects  in  Underserved  Communities  category. 

The  equity  ofBcer  for  the  Arkansas  Depart- 
ment of  Education's  Multi-Equity  OjEfice,  Dr.  Andre 
Guerriaro,  serves  as  the  statewide  advisor  on  cultural  ac- 
cessibility, as  well  as  an  ans  in  education  residency  grant 
panelist.  He  is  also  cohosting  a  four-day  statewide  1993 
Multicultural  Education  and  Art  Institute.  The  council's 
Arts  in  Education  Program  and  artist  residencies  ensure 
reform  in  multicultural  education  by  providing  diverse 
artistic  and  cultural  experiences  and  training  workshops 


that  bring  together  people  of  different  cultural  back- 
grounds. 


Connecticut  Commission  on  the  Arts 

The  Inner  City  Cultural  Development  Program,  funded 
by  the  NEA  Arts  Projects  in  Underserved  Communities 
category,  provides  community-based  artists  and  organiza- 
tions that  present  arts  events  with  training,  mentors  and 
grant  funding.  Fieldwork  identifies  culturally  representa- 
tive artists  and  organizations  to  participate  in  the  pro- 
gram. Artists  and  organizational  representatives  partici- 
pate in  a  fifteen-week  training  seminar  in  career 
development  and  arts  administration.  Organizations  are 
provided  with  modest  grants  to  initiate  projects  devel- 
oped during  the  training.  Individual  artists  are  awarded 
small  grants  for  projects  that  advance  their  careers.  Men- 
tors are  assigned  to  organizations  and  small  discipline- 
based  groups  of  artists. 

The  Master  Teaching  Artist  Program,  funded 
in  part  by  the  NEA  Arts  in  Education  Program,  trains  1 0 
culturally  diverse  artists  to  work  in  the  classroom  on  a  bi- 
ennial basis.  Artists  participate  in  an  intense,  four-day 
workshop  which  covers  areas  such  as  curriculum  devel- 
opment, pedagogy  and  working  in  the  school  environ- 
ment. An  outgrov^  of  this  program  is  the  Traditional 
Artists  in  Schools  Program  pilot  project,  which  trains  tra- 
ditional artists  to  work  in  the  classroom  and  provides  fol- 
low-up residency  experiences.  It  is  funded  by  the  NEA 
Folk  Arts  Program. 

^  Delaware  Division  of  the  Arts 
The  Delaware  Division  of  the  Arts  received  a  grant  in 
1992  from  the  NEA  Arts  Projects  in  Underserved  Com- 
munities category  to  fiind  the  Celebration  of  Cultures 
initiative,  which  supports  arts  activities  in  annual  cultural 
festivals  and  celebrations  throughout  the  state.  The  pur- 


> 

Q- 
Q- 

O 

3 
Q_ 

CO 

S" 

Q 

3 
Q- 

70 
(D 
<D 

o' 

Q 


> 

CO 
(D 

Z3 

n 


^ 


n 

cr 

Q 

— •■ 

3" 
CQ 

> 

3 
n' 

n 

c 
c" 

—1 

Q 


^ 


pose  of  Celebration  of  Cultures  is  to  assist  in  developing, 
restoring  or  enhancing  a  cultural  component  of  neigh- 
borhood festivals  or  celebrations.  It  is  intended  that  these 
funds  will  serve  to  reinforce  the  celebration  of  a  people's 
ethnicity  by  supporting  arts  activity  that  reflects  the 
community's  culture.  Arts  activity  can  include,  but  is  not 
limited  to,  performance,  arts  workshops,  and  traditional 
crafts  demonstrations  by  professional  artists.  Celebration 
of  Cultures  grants  will  range  from  $1,000  to  $5,000. 

#  Florida  Division  of  Cultural  Affairs 
Florida  has  a  rich  multicultural  population.  Forty-nine 
percent  of  Dade  County's  population  is  Hispanic,  27 
percent  is  white  non-Hispanic,  18  percent  is  black  non- 
Hispanic,  and  6  percent  is  Native  American  or  Asian 
American.  One  of  the  strongest  examples  of  a  collabora- 
tive project  relating  to  cultural  diversity  was  Interrogating 
Identity,  a  multisite  project  that  took  place  in  July  1992 
in  Miami.  It  was  sponsored  by  the  Center  for  Fine  Arts, 
the  Wolfson  Campus  of  Miami-Dade  Community  Col- 
lege and  the  Alliance  for  Media  Arts,  which  are  grantees 
of  the  Florida  Division  of  Cultural  Affairs. 

The  project  integrated  activities  in  various  dis- 
ciplines to  explore  the  true  nature  of  multiculturalism. 
It's  goal  was  to  be  "part  of  an  ongoing  collaborative 
project  breaking  down  cultural  separatism  in  Miami  and 
celebrating  cultural  diversity."  The  program  provided  a 
forum  for  artists  with  diflPering  notions  of  black  identity 
working  in  Great  Britain,  Canada  and  the  United  States. 
There  was  a  visual  arts  exhibition  as  well  as  presentations 
by  seven  performing  arts  companies  from  various  cul- 
tures. A  film  series  explored  the  representation  of  per- 
sonal and  cultural  identity,  and  included  the  works  of 
Vietnamese,  Indian  and  African  American  filmmakers.  A 
speakers  program  included  Latino  artists  and  academics. 


#  Georgia  Council  for  tfie  Arts 

One  of  the  best  examples  of  initiatives  in  support  of  cul- 
tural diversity  in  Georgia  is  the  Athol  Fugard  Festival 
held  in  October  and  November  1 992.  The  noted  South 
African  playwright  attended  the  festival  and  worked  di- 
recdy  with  the  theatres  involved.  Two  of  the  three  the- 
atres receive  general  operating  support  from  the  Georgia 
Council  for  the  Arts.  The  council  was  also  instrumental 
in  getting  Georgia  Governor  Zell  Miller  to  recognize 
Fugard  as  a  champion  of  civil  and  human  rights  for  all 
people.  The  Fugard  works  challenged  audiences  to  con- 
front issues  of  racism  and  change. 

The  success  of  the  Fugard  Festival  provides  a 
model  for  the  state  of  how  quality  arts  experiences  can  be 
used  effectively  to  achieve  the  goals  of  cultural  diversity 
within  the  framework  of  overall  programming  objectives. 
As  part  of  its  long-range  plan  for  1 992-96,  the  council 
developed  a  goal  to  "respond  to  and  support  the  artistic 
goals  and  needs  of  the  state's  ethnic  and  culturally  diverse 
populations."  A  first  step  has  been  to  develop  and  distrib- 
ute an  extensive  survey/self-audit  of  culturally  diverse  re- 
sources and  accessibility.  Next  steps  include  a  statewide 
conference  on  multiculturalism  and  increased  efforts  to 
include  miJticultural  artists  and  organizations  in  the 
council's  funding/programming  pipelines. 

^  Guam  Council  on  the  Arts  and 

Humanities  Agency 
The  Guam  Micronesia  Island  Fair,  mandated  and 
funded  by  the  Guam  legislature,  began  in  1988  for  the 
purpose  of  promoting  economic  and  cultural  exchange 
among  the  islands  of  Micronesia  and  Guam.  Various 
government  of  Guam  agencies  are  charged  with  running 
this  four-day  festival,  with  the  Department  of  Commerce 
as  the  lead  agency  and  the  Guam  Council  on  the  Arts 
and  Humanities  providing  cultural  presentations.  The 


council  has  used  this  vehicle  to  promote,  encourage  and 
showcase  the  cultural  diversit)^  in  Guam  and  surrounding 
Micronesia.  Guam  hosts  off-island  delegations  of  per- 
formers and  craftspeople  while  also  seeking  out  and 
showcasing  the  various  local  ethnic  communities  of  the 
island.  During  the  five  years  of  the  fair's  history,  artists 
have  participated  fi-om  the  local  Chamorro  community 
in  increasing  numbers,  as  well  as  off-island  representa- 
tives of  Palau,  Yap,  Pohnpei,  Chuuk,  Kosrae,  Marshall 
Islands,  Northern  Marianas,  Hawaii,  American  Samoa 
and  New  Zealand. 


State  Foundation  on  Culture  and  the  Arts 
(Hawaii) 

The  State  Foundation  on  Culture  and  the  Arts  provides 
support  to  its  culturally  diverse  constituency  through 
fimding  and  initiatives  that  affect  the  broad  spectrum  of 
people  living  in  Hawai'i.  In  virtually  every  program  area, 
including  arts  in  education,  community  arts,  ethnic  heri- 
tage and  folk  arts,  history  and  humanities,  literary  arts, 
media  arts,  performing  arts  and  visual  arts,  projects  have 
been  conducted  that  interpret,  preserve  and  perpetuate 
culture.  These  cultures  represent  people  of  Hawaiian, 
Japanese,  Samoan,  Filipino,  Balkan,  Portuguese,  Laotian, 
Javanese  and  Chinese  heritage. 

Initiatives  that  have  particularly  affected 
Hawaii's  culturally  diverse  population  include  Folklife 
Hawai'i:  A  Festival  in  Celebration  of  the  25th  Anniver- 
sary of  the  State  Foundation  on  Culture  and  the  Arts;  the 
Statewide  Cultural  Extension  Program;  and  the  Folk 
Arts  Apprenticeship  Program.  Approximately  120,210 
people  have  participated  in  these  activities,  which  were 
made  possible  through  fiinding  from  the  state  of  Hawai'i 
and  the  NEA. 


Illinois  Arts  Council 
In  1986  the  Illinois  Arts  Council  established  an  agency- 
wide  Access  Program.  Through  this  program,  the  council 
seeks  panners  to  administer  new  strategies  to  enrich  the 
artistic  pluralism  of  the  state.  One  specific  goal  of  this 
program  is  to  support  artistic  projects  that  are  deeply 
rooted  in  and  reflective  of  the  cultures  of  people  of  color. 
Organizations  supported  must  have  a  fijndamental  rela- 
tionship to  their  communities,  and  provision  of  arts  to 
their  commtmities  must  be  the  primary  programmatic 
activity.  Very  Special  Arts  Illinois  received  a  grant  to  pro- 
vide training  workshops  for  teachers,  caregivers  and  com- 
munity leaders  who  are  involved  in  arts  activities  for 
people  with  disabilities.  The  program  also  provides  sup- 
port for  underserved  artists  in  rural  areas  and/or  artists  of 
color  for  professional  development. 


Iowa  Arts  Council 

The  Iowa  Arts  Council  encourages  cultural  diversity  in  a 
number  of  ways.  In  1992  the  council  sponsored  mem- 
berships for  nine  presenting  organizations  to  The  Asso- 
ciation of  American  Cultures  (TAAC),  in  an  effort  to  as- 
sist these  organizations  in  encouraging  the  preservation 
and  advancement  of  culturally  diverse  art.  The  council 
hopes  that  the  information  shared  through  TAAC  with 
Iowa  presenters  will  increase  public  awareness  of  the  need 
to  promote  pluralism.  All  of  the  agency's  granting  pro- 
grams emphasize  inclusion  of  special  poptilations  in  the 
planning,  implementation  and  evaluation  of  arts  projects. 
The  council  maintains  rosters  of  artists  who  are  eligible 
to  work  through  its  Artists  in  Schools/Communities  and 
Arts  to  Go  Touring  programs,  and  in  the  past  year  the 
cultural  diversity  of  the  roster  increased  by  14  percent. 
The  council  is  currently  working  in  partnership  with  the 
Iowa- Yucatan  Partners  of  the  Americas  in  developing 
cultural  exchanges  with  its  sister  state  of  Yucatan. 


9- 
o' 

3 
Q_ 

CO 

3" 

Q 

3 
Q- 

70 
(D 

<q 
o' 

3 
> 


> 

CQ 
0 

3 
O 


^ 


n 

(D 
D" 

Q 

5" 

CQ 
> 

3 

<o 

—i 

n 

c 
Q 


< 

CD 


Kansas  Arts  Commission 

The  Kansas  Arts  Commission  recently  received  a  three- 
year  $88,000  grant  from  the  Arts  Projects  in  Under- 
served  Communities  category  of  the  NEA  State  and  Re- 
gional Program  to  support  arts-related  multicultural 
activities  in  underserved  communities.  The  new  Grass- 
roots Cultural  Development  Program  provides  three-year 
grants  for  cultural  development  as  well  as  activity  and 
consultant  requests  for  multicultural  and  rural  organiza- 
tions. Five  multicultural  organizations  were  first-year  re- 
cipients of  cultural  development  grants  for  coordinators, 
constiltants,  artist  fees,  training  and  marketing.  These  or- 
ganizations represent  African  American,  Latino,  Asian 
7\merican  and  Native  American  populations  in  four  areas 
of  Kansas.  They  provide  community  intergenerational 
arts  programs  that  preserve  and  teach  traditional  art 
forms,  as  well  as  promote  cross-cultural  understanding. 
All  Kansas  Arts  Commission  organizational 
grant  applicants  are  asked  to  address  the  needs  of  under- 
served  populations  and  the  cultural  diversity  of  their  con- 
stituencies, memberships,  boards  and  staffs. 


Kentucky  Arts  Council 
At  the  Kentucky  Arts  Council,  the  issue  of  cultural  diver- 
sity is  not  separate  from  that  of  accessibility  in  terms  of 
inclusion.  The  council's  Civil  Rights  Advisory  Commit- 
tee is  charged  with  advising  the  council  on  civil  rights 
and  accessibility  issues.  The  council  has  the  responsibility 
of  educating  its  constituents  on  compliance  with  national 
and  state  legislation  that  requires  all  arts  organizations  to 
be  accessible  to  all  people  regardless  of  race,  color,  creed, 
religion,  national  origin,  sex  or  disability.  Arts  organiza- 
tions in  Kentucky  must  determine  whether  they  are  tak- 
ing all  necessary  steps  to  ensure  that  their  arts  programs 
address  the  needs  of  the  entire  community;  whether  their 
boards,  staffs,  and  artistic  policies  provide  for  the  partici- 


pation and  inclusion  of  people  of  all  backgrounds;  that 
the  facilities  where  their  programs  are  presented  are  ac- 
cessible to  people  with  disabilities;  and  that  at  least  some 
of  their  performances  and  events  offer  opportunities  for 
those  with  disabilities  to  participate  fully. 


Louisiana  Division  of  the  Arts 
The  Louisiana  Division  of  the  Arts  received  $94,000 
from  the  Arts  Projects  in  Underserved  Communities  cat- 
egory of  the  NEA  State  and  Regional  Program  to  sup- 
port the  first  year  of  a  three-year  program.  Outreach  to 
the  Underserved  Initiative.  The  division  has  developed 
this  initiative  in  collaboration  with  a  broad  representa- 
tion of  the  cultural  community  and  persons  to  be  served. 
The  initiative  will  match  strong,  well-grounded  arts  orga- 
nizations and  institutions  with  emerging  arts  groups  in 
rural,  inner-city,  underserved  and  minority  communities. 
The  first  year  of  the  initiative  will  focus  on  the  perform- 
ing arts.  The  project  will  be  administered  through  a  coa- 
lition of  the  division  and  six  local  arts  agencies.  Estab- 
lished arts  organizations,  under  the  direction  of  a  local 
arts  agency,  will  provide  performances  and  outgoing 
mentor  services  to  like  groups,  and  in  one  circumstance, 
a  number  of  the  emerging  organizations  will  be  housed 
in  the  local  arts  agency. 


Maryland  State  Arts  Council 
Recognizing  that  artists  of  color  and  minority-run  arts 
organizations  are  integral  to  the  culture  and  artistry  of 
Maryland,  the  Maryland  State  Arts  Council  convened 
the  Multicultural  Task  Force  in  fall  of  1992  to  review  the 
policies  and  practices  of  the  council  and  to  make  recom- 
mendations for  increasing  outreach.  The  task  force,  upon 
completing  its  work,  is  intended  to  evolve  into  a  perma- 
nent advisory  committee  for  the  council. 

The  council  supports  the  location  of  the  Alvin 


Alley  Dance  Theatre  Foundation  In  Maryland.  In  addi- 
tion, the  council  has  made  a  commitment  to  Increasing 
minority  arts  programming  through  Special  Project 
Grants  to  arts  organizations  for  new  projects  which  pro- 
duce or  present  arts  activities  that  encourage  participa- 
tion by  artists  and/or  audiences  not  usually  served  by  the 
organization. 


Massachusetts  Cultural  Council 

In  Its  efforts  to  further  cultural  diversity,  the  Massachu- 
setts Cultural  Council  has  used  NEA  Basic  State  Grant 
funds  to  help  support  several  Initiatives.  The  council 
convened  a  task  force  and  compiled  the  recommenda- 
tions Into  a  cultural  access  brochure.  The  brochure  In- 
cludes recommendations  for  staff,  board  and  audience 
development,  model  programs,  and  resources  for  Inclu- 
sion of  underserved  audiences.  The  council  also  spon- 
sored four  technical  assistance  workshops  across  the  state 
on  surveying  physical  access,  assessing  programs  and  ser- 
vices, advocacy  approaches,  and  discussing  problems  and 
success  strategies. 

The  council  has  created  a  partnership  with 
another  state  agency,  the  Massachusetts  Commission 
Against  Discrimination,  as  part  of  Its  cultural  access  plan. 
All  grant  applicants  must  submit  cultural  access  plans 
that  Include  a  self-assessment,  objectives  and  strategies  to 
ensure  access  for  staffs,  boards  and  audiences.  The  coun- 
cil also  added  a  budget  line  Item  to  each  grant  applica- 
tion called  Ensuring  Access.  This  has  encouraged  cultural 
organizations  to  do  advance  planning  and  use  state  funds 
to  provide  accessible  programs  and  services. 

^  Michigan  Council  for  Arts  and 

Cultural  Affairs 
The  Michigan  Council  for  Arts  and  Cultural  Affairs  has 
a  three-pronged  approach  to  addressing  cultural  diversity: 


Indirect  and  direct  funding,  technical  assistance,  and 
equal  opportunity  standards  compliance.  Direct  grants  to 
Michigan-based  nonprofit  African  American,  Asian 
American,  Hispanic,  and  Native  American  arts  and  cul- 
tural organizations  help  them  maintain  core  operations 
and  undertake  a  broad  range  of  new  Initiatives  to  better 
serve  their  constituents.  The  Michigan  Arts  League,  for 
example,  puts  a  unique  twist  on  the  standard  business  In- 
cubator concept  by  enabling  small,  exemplary,  commu- 
nity-based arts  producing  organizations  to  draw  on  the 
resources  of  consultants  and  a  major  university  In  a  pre- 
scribed manner  over  a  sustained  period  of  time,  while 
maintaining  organizational  Integrity. 

Technical  assistance  Is  delivered  In  three  ways: 
directly  to  organizations  by  council  staff,  through  a  Pub- 
lic/Private Partnership  Program,  and  through  special  cli- 
ent Initiatives.  The  council  ensures  grant  recipient  com- 
pliance with  existing  state  and  federal  policies  and 
legislation  with  regard  to  equal  opportunity  standards 
and  affirmative  action.  The  council  also  ensures  that  or- 
ganizations provide  access  In  the  areas  of  employment, 
activities  and  services. 


Minnesota  State  Arts  Board 

Cultural  pluralism  Is  an  Important  part  of  the  mission  of 
the  Minnesota  State  Arts  Board.  This  year  the  arts 
board's  planning  document  Includes  26  new  strategies 
addressing  cultural  pluralism  Initiatives.  Some  of  the 
ways  In  which  the  arts  board  has  demonstrated  Its  com- 
mitment to  this  Issue  Include  representation  of  diverse 
aesthetics  on  review  panels  and  advisory  committees; 
technical  assistance  workshops  for  artists  In  cooperation 
with  community-based  cultural  organizations;  Percent 
for  Art  projects  that  focus  on  multicultural  themes;  and  a 
folk  arts  program  that  seeks  out  and  presents  Minnesota's 
folk  arts  heritage. 


> 

Q- 

9- 
o' 

3 

Q_ 
CO 

3" 

Q 

Q_ 

TO 
(D 
CO 

o' 

Q 


> 

CO 
(D 

o 


< 

(D 
en 


n 

(D 
Q 

5' 

CQ 
> 

3 

(D 

n' 

(a" 

O 

— ^ 

Q 


^ 


In  March  1990  the  arts  board  established  a 
Cultural  Pluralism  Advisory  Committee  that  was 
charged  with  determining  the  status  of  cultural  diversity 
programming  in  Minnesota  and  providing  practical  rec- 
ommendations for  improvement.  With  the  committee's 
guidance,  the  arts  board  recently  applied  for  and  received 
a  grant  from  the  NEA  Arts  Projects  in  Underserved 
Communities  category  for  a  two-year  project  proposal. 
Among  the  project's  goals  are  holding  a  statewide  confer- 
ence on  cultural  pluralism  and  fostering  the  touring  of 
multicultural  artists  within  the  state. 

^  Montana  Arts  Council 

Culturally  diverse  communities  comprise  nine  percent  of 
Montana's  total  population.  Indians  are  the  largest  group 
and  represent  six  percent  of  the  citizenry.  In  order  to 
serve  this  community,  the  Montana  Arts  Council  estab- 
lished an  Indian  Arts  Steering  Committee  to  advise  the 
council;  had  Indian  arts  as  a  featured  track  at  the  Cul- 
tural Congress;  held  a  statewide  Montana  Indian  Arts 
Conference  covering  current  Indian  arts  issues;  have  In- 
dians on  peer  panels;  developed  an  Indian  Traditional 
Arts  Apprenticeship  Program  (with  NEA  Folk  Arts  Pro- 
gram hinds)  and  an  Indian  Arts  Education/Tribal  Col- 
lege Program  (with  NEA  State  and  Regional  Program 
funds);  and  worked  with  tribal  culture  groups  and  indi- 
viduals on  project  development  and  grant  writing. 

In  1991  the  council  instituted  a  new  grant 
category,  Folklife  and  Traditional  Arts.  Since  then,  the 
percentage  of  culturally  diverse  projects  fiinded  has  risen 
from  7  percent  to  20  percent. 

All  staff  are  attuned  to  the  importance  of  eq- 
uity in  working  with  the  state's  diverse  cultural  groups. 


#  Nebraska  Arts  Council 

The  Nebraska  Arts  Council  formed  its  People  of  Color 
Arts  Advisory  Committee  10  years  ago.  This  led  to  the 
hiring  of  the  council's  first  multicultural  arts  coordinator 
in  March  1992.  This  coordinator  directs  the  council's 
Multicultural  Initiative,  which  includes  a  mentoring  pro- 
gram for  artists  and  administrators;  a  technical  assistance 
program;  and  an  awareness  program  to  include  works  of 
people  of  color  in  arts  programming.  The  council  also  in- 
terviews and  docimients  multicultural  artists  through  its 
Folk  Arts  program  and  funds  statewide  collaborations 
through  its  Leadership  Initiatives  program.  The  Lied 
Center  for  Performing  Arts  in  Lincoln  used  this  program 
to  work  with  the  Omaha  Tribe  and  Omaha  Symphony 
on  a  performance  called  "West  Meets  West"  for  the 
state's  quasquincentennial  celebration. 

Projects  and  programs  which  demonstrate 
cultural  diversity  are  a  Rinding  priority  for  the  council. 
Guidelines  allow  multicultural  organizations  to  use  up  to 
100  percent  in-kind  contributions  to  match  council 
funding.  In  addition,  all  applicants  are  asked  to  explain 
how  multiciiltural  audiences  and  artists  will  be  included 
in  programs. 


New  Hampshire  State  Council 
on  the  Arts 

In  New  Hampshire  only  two  percent  of  the  population 
falls  into  federally  defined  minority  groups.  Of  that  two 
percent,  one  percent  identifies  with  Latino  cultures.  The 
New  Hampshire  State  Council  on  the  Arts  has  provided 
funding  for  two  Latino  organizations  for  about  five  years. 
Project  funds  have  enabled  one  of  these  organizations  to 
present  traditional  and  professional  artists  representing 
art  forms  characteristic  of  such  countries  as  Guatemala, 
Bolivia  and  Argentina.  The  other  organization  was 
funded  to  form  a  Hispanic  Youth  Theater. 


One-third  of  the  state's  population  federally 
defined  as  white  traces  its  ancestry  to  French-speaking 
Canadians.  Sharing  a  border  with  Quebec,  New  Hamp- 
shire has  signed  a  Cultural  Exchange  Agreement  to  facili- 
tate the  exchange  of  bilingual  artists  working  in  both  tra- 
ditional and  contemporary  art  forms. 

An  ongoing  effort  of  the  council  is  to  bring 
more  diversity  to  its  roster  of  artists  eligible  for  fee  sup- 
port for  school  and  community  performances  and  resi- 
dencies. To  do  that  it  has  had  to  import  artists  from 
other  New  England  states.  These  visiting  anists  represent 
African  American  and  Latino  cultures.  New  Hampshire 
also  has  several  in-state  artists  who  are  Native  Americans. 
The  council  hopes  that  with  the  NEA-frinded  initiation 
of  a  Traditional  Arts  Program  and  hiring  of  a  coordina- 
tor in  1993,  more  artists  representing  diverse  cultural 
heritages  will  be  identified  in  the  state. 


New  Jersey  State  Council  on  the  Arts 
The  New  Jersey  State  Council  on  the  Arts'  Cultural  Di- 
versity Initiative  has  several  objectives  and  is  composed  of 
several  key  activities.  Principal  among  them  is  the  multi- 
year  investment  of  fiinding  (above  and  beyond  regular 
council  grants)  in  emerging,  culturally  diverse  arts  orga- 
nizations to  accelerate  their  growth,  development  and 
outreach.  Grants  under  this  component  (which  include 
NEA  and  council  frinds  in  each  grant)  typically  support 
such  things  as  salary  assistance,  long-range  planning, 
marketing,  audience  development  and  professional  devel- 
opment. The  council  recendy  added  a  component 
through  which  county  arts  agencies  provide  technical  as- 
sistance to  local  culturally  diverse  arts  organizations.  An- 
other major  component  is  an  annual  round  table.  The 
most  recent  featured  presentations  on  board  develop- 
ment, frind-raising  and  audience  development.  This  is 
part  of  the  initiative's  communication  outreach,  which  is 


augmented  by  a  highly  active  council  committee  that 
maintains  direct  dialogue  with  participants. 

An  example  of  an  organization  that  is  using 
Initiative  frinds  successfully  is  Powhatan  Renape  Nation, 
which  was  awarded  a  grant  for  a  marketing  initiative  that 
resulted  in  an  expanded  program  outreach  for  its  Native 
American  festivals  and  an  audience  increase  of  17  percent 
in  Central-South  New  Jersey.  It  also  increased  outreach 
into  previously  underserved  and  unserved  areas. 


New  Mexico  Arts  Division 
The  New  Mexico  Arts  Commission,  which  is  the  advi- 
sory board  of  the  New  Mexico  Arts  Division,  has  recog- 
nized the  value  and  importance  of  cultural  diversity  in 
New  Mexico  and  has  designated  culturally  diverse  arts  as 
a  priority.  The  arts  division  has  established  the  Culturally 
Diverse  Arts  Program,  which  focuses  on  arts  projects  and 
organizational  development  by  and  for  culturally  specific 
artists  and/or  ethnic  groups,  indigenous  groups  such  as 
tribal  communities,  and  multiethnic  entities. 

Examples  of  two  projects  funded  by  the  Divi- 
sion include  a  Hispanic  weaving  cooperative  in  rural  Los 
Ojos,  which  involves  community  members  in  all  aspects 
of  a  successfril  weaving  operation,  from  raising  the  sheep 
to  designing  and  marketing  the  weaving.  The  Oo-Oo- 
Nah-Art  Center  in  Taos  is  working  to  preserve  the  native 
Tiwa  culture  by  providing  arts  services,  classes  and  work- 
shops to  pueblo  children  and  artists. 

The  New  Mexico  Arts  Division  encourages 
culturally  diverse  arts  applicants  through  a  one-to-one  in- 
kind  match  for  the  first  two  years  of  project  activity. 


New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts 
The  Folk  Arts  Program  of  the  New  York  State  Council 
on  the  Arts  supports  activities  that  reinforce  traditions 
within  communities  as  well  as  programs  that  enable  gen- 


> 

Q- 
Q- 

O 

Q_ 
CO 
Q 
S" 

Q 

3 
Q- 

70 

<D 

eg 
o" 

3 

Q 


> 

CQ 

3 

r> 


< 

(D 


n 

<D_ 

CO 
or 

-1 
Q 

5' 

CQ 
> 

3 

(D 

n" 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


< 

CD 


eral  audiences  to  experience  the  traditional  arts  of  diverse 
cultures.  "The  Arts  of  Black  Folk"  Conference  organized 
in  1988  was  directed  at  African  American  community- 
based  organizations  interested  in  documenting  and  pre- 
senting the  folk  arts  of  their  communities.  A  1990  con- 
ference, "Presenting  Folk  Arts,"  and  programming  at  the 
1991  and  1992  Association  of  Performing  Arts  Present- 
ers annual  meetings  have  enabled  performing  arts  pre- 
senting organizations  to  develop  skills  in  presenting  folk 
artists  from  ethnically  diverse  communities.  The  Folk 
Arts  Program  has  provided  support  for  family  programs, 
apprenticeships  and  programming  involving  children 
and  older  folk  artists,  and  new  immigrants. 

The  Special  Arts  Services  Program,  which  has 
as  its  mission  the  furthering  of  cultural  diversity,  has  sup- 
ported such  internationally  known  companies  as  Dance 
Theatre  of  Harlem  and  Alvin  Alley  American  Dance 
Theatre.  The  program  has  also  supported  theatres  such 
as  the  Negro  Ensemble  Company,  National  Black  The- 
atre and  New  Federal  Theatre,  which  are  models  in  the 
field.  The  Technical  Assistance  Program  Pilot  was 
launched  in  1989  to  improve  emerging  and  developing 
multicultural  arts  organizations  and  create  a  database  of 
experienced  arts  management  consultants. 


North  Dakota  Council  on  the  Arts 
During  FY93  the  North  Dakota  Council  on  the  Arts  has 
supported  culturally  diverse  programming  through  its 
ACCESS  Grant  Program  and  through  its  Traditional 
Arts  Apprenticeship  Program.  While  the  ACCESS  pro- 
gram is  intended  primarily  for  arts  in  rural  communities 
with  populations  of  less  than  6,000  people,  it  also  en- 
courages applications  in  support  of  arts  projects  for  un- 
derserved  populations  and  minority  groups.  The  pro- 
gram is  supported  with  the  help  of  a  three-year  grant 
from  the  NEA  State  and  Regional  Program  Arts  Projects 


in  Underserved  Communities  category.  Past  ACCESS 
grants  have  included  support  of  Native  American  arts 
and  crafi:s  exhibitions  through  the  North  Dakota  Indian 
Arts  Association  and  cultural  programming  sponsored  by 
one  of  the  state's  tribal  radio  stations. 

The  Traditional  Arts  Apprenticeship  Program 
was  restored  with  assistance  from  the  Folk  Arts  Program 
of  the  NEA.  The  program  has  sponsored  master/appren- 
tice teams  in  support  of  such  diverse  art  forms  as  Ojibwa 
storytelling,  Vietnamese  embroidery,  and  Ukrainian  cos- 
tume construction.  A  second  NEA  grant  will  expand  the 
program  fiirther  in  FY94. 

#  Commonwealth  of  the  Northern  Mariana 
Islands  Council  for  Arts  and  Culture 

The  vast  majority  (98  percent)  of  the  population  of  the 
Northern  Mariana  Islands  is  comprised  of  ethnic  minori- 
ties representing  many  different  Micronesian,  Southern 
Pacific  Island  and  Asian  groups.  The  Commonwealth  of 
the  Northern  Mariana  Islands  Council  for  Arts  and  Cul- 
ture sponsors  several  annual  events  that  are  designed  to 
highlight  and  celebrate  this  unique  cultural  diversity.  The 
annual  two-day  Flame  Tree  Festival  (on  Saipan)  hosts 
over  1 00  performers,  artists  and  craftmakers  from  twenty 
different  ethnic  groups.  The  Island  Artists  Exhibition  is  a 
one-month  show  that  focuses  on  the  ethnic  roots  of  the 
Marianas.  Smaller  festivals  held  throughout  the  year  on 
the  islands  of  Rota  and  Tinian  also  promote  and  enhance 
cultural  diversity. 

The  council  works  closely  with  the  Filipino 
Artists  Association,  the  Korean  Arts  School  and  the  Chi- 
nese Association  for  the  Arts,  as  well  as  the  Northern 
Marianas  Music  Society  to  develop  collaborative  projects. 
The  arts  council  sponsors  activities  through  its  extensive 
collaboration  with  the  public  schools  to  increase  arts  ex- 
periences for  students  and  communities.  The  arts  council 


also  has  a  strong  commitment  to  the  indigenous 
Chamorro  and  CaroUnian  peoples,  demonstrated  by 
constant  outreach  efforts. 


State  Arts  Council  of  Oklahoma 
The  State  Arts  Council  of  Oklahoma  was  recendy  in- 
volved in  a  unique  collaboration  to  celebrate  the  state's 
Native  American  heritage.  As  part  of  the  "Year  of  the  In- 
dian" celebration,  the  arts  council,  the  Oklahoma  Tour- 
ism and  Recreation  Department,  and  the  City  of  Okla- 
homa City  worked  together  to  sponsor  a  special 
performance  by  the  Great  American  Indian  Dancers. 
This  event,  supported  in  part  by  NEA  Basic  State  Grant 
funds,  served  as  the  inaugural  event  for  the  "Year  of  the 
Indian"  and  the  new  state  tourism  marketing  theme, 
"Oklahoma:  Native  America." 

The  council  was  a  founding  sponsor  in  1987 
of  the  Red  Earth  Native  American  Cultural  Festival, 
which  is  America's  largest  Native  American  festival.  The 
NEA  provides  direct  funding  for  the  festival,  which  this 
year  drew  people  from  more  than  1 00  Native  American 
tribes  of  North  America  to  share  the  richness  and  diver- 
sity of  their  cultures.  The  council  works  with  Red  Earth 
by  offering  both  staff  time  and  technical  assistance.  The 
mission  of  Red  Earth,  the  festival's  parent  organization,  is 
to  promote  the  continued  development  of  Native  Ameri- 
can culture  by  showcasing  a  variety  of  art  forms. 


Oregon  Arts  Commission 
The  Oregon  Arts  Commission  has  two  initiatives  that 
are  particularly  important  to  its  support  of  cultural  diver- 
sity. The  first  is  a  three-site  project,  which  received  NEA 
funding,  that  the  Oregon  Folk  Arts  Program  is  in  the 
process  of  completing.  A  particular  ethnic  group  is  the 
focus  of  study  and  assistance  at  each  site.  Secondly,  the 
commission  funds  a  minority  arts  administrator  to  ad- 


dress minority  arts  needs  directly.  This  person  works 
with  minority  artists  and  organizations  to  help  them  gain 
assistance  from  resources  already  available.  In  doing  so, 
the  administrator  also  develops  listings  of  culmrally  di- 
verse artists  and  potential  board  members.  The  most 
challenging  aspect  of  the  work  is  finding  the  time  and 
means  to  help  minority  arts  initiatives  outside  of  the  met- 
ropolitan Pordand  area.  This  new  position  was  made 
possible  by  a  joint  initiative  of  the  Oregon  Arts  Commis- 
sion and  the  Metropolitan  Arts  Commission  (in  Port- 
land), and  the  work  in  Pordand  has  led  to  grants  through 
the  NEA  Expansion  Arts  Program. 


Institute  of  Puerto  Rican  Culture 
For  over  30  years,  the  Institute  of  Puerto  Rican  Culture 
administered  services  and  arts  events  from  centrally  lo- 
cated San  Juan  out  to  the  rest  of  the  island  and  its  off- 
shore municipalities.  The  main  tool  for  this  outreach  was 
an  ever-growing  network  of  affiliated,  volunteer-staffed 
community  centers.  Agency  decentralization  began  in 
1987,  at  the  same  time  a  grant  from  the  NEA  Locals 
Program  provided  funding  to  upgrade  five  local  arts 
agencies.  Matching  funds  for  this  successful  three-year 
project  to  reach  culturally  diverse  communities  came 
fi-om  the  institute  and  from  host  municipalities. 

In  1989  the  institute's  Cultural  Promotion 
Program  received  a  grant  to  enhance  the  grow^fi  of  cul- 
turally diverse  organizations  through  arts  and  humanities 
workshops,  in  collaboration  with  its  network  of  local  arts 
agencies.  As  a  result  of  its  success,  the  program  received  a 
special  allocation  by  the  legislature  for  FY90-9 1 .  These 
funds  are  now  part  of  the  institute's  yearly  budget  alloca- 
tion. In  1 992  decentralization  was  fully  realized.  This  ac- 
complishment, along  with  fifth  centennial  commemora- 
tion activities,  demonstrates  the  institute's  leadership  in 
providing  funding  and  direction  to  all  its  communities. 


> 

Q- 

9- 
5' 

3 
Q_ 

C/i 

3" 
S" 

Q 

3 

Q- 
;u 

(D 
CQ 


Q_ 
> 

3 

n 


n 


n 

o_ 

o 

u- 

Q 

5' 
CO 

> 

3 

(D 
n 

n 

c 

2" 
—1 
Q 


^ 


South  Carolina  Arts  Commission 

The  South  Carolina  Arts  Commission's  Multicultural 
Arts  Program  (MAP),  established  in  1988,  has  provided 
grants  to  more  than  100  culturally  specific  arts  and  com- 
munity organizations,  tribal  communities  and  individual 
artists  of  color.  The  program  has  also  assisted  mainstream 
arts  organizations  to  serve  their  communities  better  by 
involving  members  of  imderserved  communities  in  dia- 
logue and  planning.  MAP  has  provided  technical  assis- 
tance to  organizations  and  individuals  and  has  been  vital 
to  the  development  of  a  statewide  organization  known  as 
VVrtists  of  Color.  In  addition,  MAP  and  Arts  in  Educa- 
tion Program  directors  have  worked  to  increase  the  cul- 
tural diversity  of  the  agency's  Approved  Artist  Roster. 

The  commission  has  made  long-term  invest- 
ments in  a  number  of  organizations  rooted  in  rural  eth- 
nic communities,  and  has  supported  the  activities  of  such 
organizations  in  both  rural  and  urban  areas.  The  com- 
mission has  provided  continuing  assistance  to  the  Folk 
7\rts  Program  at  the  University  of  South  Carolina's 
McKissick  Museum,  whose  outstanding  work  in  cultural 
preservation  is  highlighted  in  Chapter  5. 

In  1991  the  commission  mounted  a  major  art 
exhibition,  entided  "Statements  of  Heritage:  Variant 
American  Visions,"  devoted  to  the  works  of  20  South 
Carolina  contemporary  artists  of  color.  The  show  gready 
increased  the  visibility  of  participating  artists  and  served 
as  a  focus  for  discussion  and  recognition  of  the  signifi- 
cant quality  and  diversity  of  work  by  artists  of  color  from 
South  Carolina. 


South  Dakota  Arts  Council 

More  than  seven  percent  of  South  Dakota's  population  is 
Native  American — Lakota  and  Dakota  Tribes  of  the 
Great  Sioux  Nation — and  is  concentrated  on  nine  rural 
reservations  and  in  the  cities  of  Rapid  City,  Sioux  Falls 


and  Aberdeen.  A  grant  fi"om  the  Technical  Assistance 
category  of  the  NEA  Locals  Program,  matched  by  tribal 
and  foundation  fiands,  started  the  Native  Arts  Planning 
Effort.  A  Native  American  project  coordinator  has 
started  working  on  a  needs  assessment.  The  basic  premise 
is  that  traditional  models  of  local  arts  agencies  have  not 
worked  on  reservations.  The  assessment  will  show  why 
and  develop  local  arts  agency  models  that  will  work  on 
rural  South  Dakota  reservations. 

In  cooperation  with  the  state  Division  of 
Education  and  the  National  Science  Foundation's  Sys- 
temic Change  Initiative,  South  Dakota  is  integrating  an 
arts  curriculum  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools. 
Cultural  diversity  is  a  cornerstone  of  this  pilot  project, 
which  is  fiinded  by  the  NEA's  Arts  in  Schools  Basic 
Education  Grant.  Two  of  the  six  pilot  sites  are  schools  on 
reservations. 

The  success  of  the  South  Dakota  Arts 
Coimcil's  efforts  to  reach  culturally  diverse  and  under- 
served  communities  is  based  on  a  philosophy  of  personal, 
one-to-one  contact  and  encouragement  maintained  over 
several  years. 


Tennessee  Arts  Commission 
The  Tennessee  Arts  Commission  has  a  new  grant  cat- 
egory. Arts:  Advancement  and  Expansion,  that  is  sup- 
ported in  part  with  fiinds  from  the  NEA.  It  provides 
technical  assistance  and/or  direct  support  for  arts  projects 
to  minority-run  arts  organizations,  organizations  serving 
youths  with  disabilities,  and  organizations  serving  the  ag- 
ing. Among  the  nine  grants  awarded  for  FY93  was  one 
to  the  Native  American  Indian  Association  in  Nashville 
for  long-term  work  with  a  consultant  to  establish  a  mar- 
keting network  for  Native  American  artists  and  artisans. 
Two  other  organizations  that  received  grants  are  Knox- 
ville's  African  American  Carpetbag  Theater,  which  will 


work  with  a  team  of  specialists  to  transform  a  newly  ac- 
quired facility  into  a  self-sustaining  and  revenue-generat- 
ing entity;  and  the  Edgehill  Center  of  Nashville,  which 
will  work  with  at-risk  children  in  an  inner  city  area  to 
create  a  series  of  murals. 

Other  applicants  receiving  partial  funding  in- 
clude the  Blues  City  Cultural  Center  of  Memphis,  for 
productions  of  plays  about  Martin  Luther  King  and 
Malcolm  X,  and  an  annual  black  cultural  festival. 


surable  funding  for  minority  artists,  audiences  and  orga- 
nizational development. 


Texas  Commission  on  the  Arts 
The  Texas  Commission  on  the  Arts  is  working  to  ensure 
that  excellent  arts  opportunities  are  available  to  all  Tex- 
ans  and  that  these  opportunities  reflea  the  state's  diverse 
heritages  and  populations.  The  commission  is  creating 
and  administering  programs  that  stistain  and  improve 
services  and  accessibility  to  geographically  isolated  and 
rural  communities,  culturally  diverse  populations,  indi- 
viduals with  disabilities  and  economically  disadvantaged 
communities.  Since  1988,  grant  applications  from  mi- 
nority-operated organizations  have  increased  by  28.4 
percent.  The  number  of  grants  awarded  to  minority-op- 
erated organizations  has  increased  by  142  percent. 
Grants  to  organizations  providing  service  for  or  in  mi- 
nority communities  increased  by  65  percent  from  FY88 
to  FY92. 

A  provision  in  the  appropriations  bill  man- 
dates that  the  commission  establish  a  policy  of  "equitable 
distribution  of  grant  funds  to  organizations  with  a  pre- 
dominandy  minority  audience,  or  which  serve  predomi- 
nandy  minority  areas."  The  commission  has  adopted  an 
Equity  Plan,  which  requires  approval  by  the  legislature. 
Among  the  goals  of  the  plan  are  to  make  equity  a  priority 
in  the  agency  mission;  to  place  equity  riders  in  all  com- 
mission contracts  with  arts  organizations;  and  to  include 
in  the  Pf  93-94  Legislative  Appropriation  Request  mea- 


Utah  Arts  Council 
With  a  94  percent  Anglo-American  population,  Utah  is 
among  the  country's  most  homogeneous  states.  But  mi- 
nority populations  here  are  rapidly  growing.  In  response 
to  changing  demographics,  the  Utah  Arts  Council  has  de- 
veloped two  initiatives  to  reach  minority  audiences  and  to 
provide  culturally  diverse  programming  for  all  Utahns. 
The  Living  Traditions  Festival,  cosponsored 
by  the  Salt  Lake  City  Arts  Coimcil,  is  a  three-day  event 
featuring  music,  dance,  craft  and  food  of  Salt  Lake's  folk 
and  ethnic  communities.  Over  500  artists  from  45  ethnic 
groups  participate  and  estimated  attendance  is  20,000. 
For  the  first  three  years  of  the  festival,  grants  from  the 
NEA  Folk  Arts  Program  supplemented  state  and  city 
monies.  Local  funds  from  both  public  and  private  sources 
have  kept  admission  free  the  last  three  years.  Hispanics 
are  Utah's  largest  minority,  at  5  percent.  The  Hecho  en 
Utah  project,  supported  by  the  NEA  Folk  Arts  Program, 
has  included  an  exhibit  featuring  1 0  traditional  artists  and 
a  concert  series  featuring  14  bands  and  eight  dance 
troupes,  as  well  as  production  of  cassettes  featuring  20 
Hispanic  ensembles.  Response  from  the  Hispanic  com- 
munity has  been  very  positive  and  has  generated  record 
requests  for  grants  and  assistance. 


Vermont  Council  on  the  Arts 
The  Vermont  Council  on  the  Arts  is  committed  to  in- 
volving people  of  all  cultures,  ages,  genders  and  abilities  in 
decision  making  and  policy  setting,  and  increasing  Ver- 
monters'  understanding  and  appreciation  of  world  cul- 
tures. A  new  component  of  the  Touring  and  Arts  in  Edu- 
cation Programs,  called  Options,  helps  support  the  fees  of 
performing  and  visual  artists  from  within  or  outside  the 


> 

Q- 

9- 
o" 

Z3 

Q_ 
CO 

3" 
3" 

Q 


TO 
(D 

o' 

Q_ 
> 


> 

CO 
(D 

n 


< 


n 

Q 

5' 
CO 

> 

3 
n" 

n 

c 
c" 
Q 


^ 


United  States  whose  art  reflects  the  traditions  of  specific 
cultures. 

A  partnership  is  being  developed  with  the 
Eastern  Townships  of  Quebec  through  meetings  of  each 
region's  cultural  communities,  supported  by  NEA  fiinds. 
Ideas  are  being  generated  about  how  to  exchange  cultural 
resources  and  collaborate  on  new  projects. 

With  NEA  funds  designated  for  underserved 
communities,  the  council  is  supporting  two  Abenaki 
projects:  the  carving  and  installation  of  two  totem  poles 
carved  with  animals  and  birds  important  to  Abenaki  be- 
liefs, and  dance  classes  that  are  rebuilding  traditional 
dance  skills.  These  programs  are  assisting  the  Abenaki 
people  in  strengthening  pride  and  heritage,  and  increas- 
ing awareness  and  understanding  of  Abenaki  culture 
among  non-Native  Americans. 


Virginia  Commission  for  the  Arts 

Cultural  diversity  is  one  of  six  major  emphases  of  the 
Virginia  Commission  for  the  Arts,  and  it  is  pursued 
within  every  program.  For  example,  all  grantees  of  gen- 
eral operating  support  are  required  to  actively  seek  in- 
volvement of  people  of  color  as  staff  and  board  members, 
artists  and  audiences.  Many  of  these  grantees  specifically 
promote  African  American  culture.  One  is  the  Harrison 
Museum  of  African- American  Culture  in  Roanoke, 
which  maintains  a  collection  of  paintings  by  black  artists 
and  memorabilia  and  library  materials  on  the  history  of 
the  city's  black  community. 

The  commission's  performing  arts  touring 
roster  includes  African  American  and  Chinese  American 
performers,  as  well  as  artists  representing  the  cultures  of 
India  and  Ghana.  The  Virginia  Folklife  Program,  a  part- 
nership of  the  commission  and  the  state  humanities 
foundation,  is  currently  sponsoring  a  tour  of  guitarists 
who  perform  traditional  pre-blues,  blues  and  religious 


music  in  a  distinctive  style.  All  of  these  activities  are  sup- 
ported with  both  state  and  NEA  funds. 

#  Virgin  Islands  Council  on  the  Arts 

All  of  the  Virgin  Islands  Council  on  the  Arts'  activities 
address  the  issue  of  cultural  and  ethnic  diversity.  Over 
the  last  year  the  council  has  provided  support  for  an 
Afro-Cuban  Dance  Ensemble  to  teach  dance  throughout 
the  territory;  a  folklife  festival,  held  in  Washington,  DC, 
in  celebration  of  cultural  diversity  and  heritage  with  par- 
ticipants from  the  Virgin  Islands;  and  the  5th  Caribbean 
Festival  of  the  Arts  held  in  Trinidad  and  Tobago,  which 
brought  together  traditional  dancers  and  musicians,  folk- 
lorists,  historians  and  visual  and  performing  artists  of  the 
Caribbean.  The  council  also  provided  support  for  a 
worldwide  travelling  art  exhibit,  sponsored  by 
UNESCO,  that  featured  the  works  of  Dutch-,  English-, 
French-  and  Spanish-speaking  artists  from  35  countries 
in  the  Caribbean  region.  Additionally,  to  mark  the  Co- 
lumbus Quin-centennial,  the  council  participated  in  the 
exhibit  "First  Biennial  of  Central  American  and  Carib- 
bean Paintings,"  sponsored  by  the  Dominican  Republic. 

#  Washington  State  Arts  Commission 

The  Washington  State  Arts  Commission  has  since  1989 
administered  the  Governor's  Heritage  Award  to  celebrate 
the  strength  and  diversity  of  this  state's  ethnic,  cultural, 
occupational,  religious  and  regional  communities  by 
honoring  individuals  who  have  made  significant  contri- 
butions in  these  areas.  Currently,  the  arts  commission  is 
taking  advantage  of  support  from  the  NEA  to  bring  the 
arts  to  and  help  enable  artistic  work  by  the  state's  differ- 
endy  abled  populations;  preserve  endangered  skills 
through  a  Folk  Arts  Apprenticeship  Program;  produce 
The  Spirit  of  the  First  People,  a  project  to  present,  record 
and  publish  a  book  documenting  Native  7\merican  mu- 


sic  and  dance;  begin  projects  to  document  Hispanic  mu- 
sic traditions;  and  document  and  honor  tlie  traditions  of 
Washington's  Grange  Halls.  Commission  programs  en- 
courage diversity  through  grants,  technical  assistance  and 
commissioning  of  artwork. 

^  Arts  and  Humanities  Section  of  the  West 

Virginia  Division  of  Culture  and  History 
A  folk  arts  staff  person  at  the  Arts  and  Humanities  Sec- 
tion of  the  West  Virginia  Division  of  Culture  and  His- 
tory documented  the  life  and  work  of  Appalachian  folk 
artists  through  taped  interviews  and  articles  in  West 
Virginia's  statewide  cultural  magazine,  Goldenseal.  A 
grant  from  the  NEA  Arts  Projects  in  Underserved  Com- 
munities category  assisted  West  Virginia's  deeply  rural 
communities  with  ctiltural  development  and  a  more 
thorough  identification  of  the  diversity  of  their  anists. 

Augusta  Heritage  Center  matches  West 
Virginia's  master  craftspeople  with  developing  crafts- 
people. By  supporting  this  program  financially,  the  Arts 
and  Humanities  Section  has  encouraged  the  continuance 
of  these  art  forms  and  the  traditional  ways  in  which  they 
are  translated  from  one  generation  to  the  next. 

In  November  1 992,  the  Arts  and  Humanities 
Section  cohosted  the  Native  American  Coalition's  first 
annual  American  Indian  Conference.  This  conference  fo- 
cused on  Native  American  issues  and  how  various  cul- 
tural agencies  can  help  this  community  meet  its  goals. 
The  section  has  also  worked  with  the  NAACP  in  West 
Virginia's  Eastern  Panhandle  area  to  develop  programs 
there  and  statewide. 


Wyoming  Arts  Council 
The  mission  of  the  Wyoming  Arts  Council  is  to  enhance 
Wyoming's  quality  of  life  and  thus  its  long-term  cultural 
and  economic  strength  by  encouraging  and  supporting 


diversity,  access,  vitality  and  excellence  in  the  arts.  This 
recently  revised  mission  statement  reflects  Wyoming's 
commitment  to  promoting  cultural  diversity  in  the 
state's  arts  programming.  Annual  grant  training  sessions 
include  information  and  discussions  on  the  inclusion  of 
all  cultures  in  arts  programming,  and  the  staff^  seeks  out 
new  groups  presenting  culturally  diverse  arts  activities  to 
inform  them  of  fiinding  opportunities  and  programs. 
Recently  funded  programs  include  a  multicultural  story- 
telling conference;  the  Mountain  Man  Music  Festival;  a 
Festival  of  International  Theatre  and  Dance;  and  Wyo- 
ming Somos:  Celebration  of  Our  Hispanic  Pride. 

The  Regional  Arts  Organizations 

#  Arts  Midwest 

Arts  Midwest  is  committed  to  making  the  Midwest's 
diverse  cultural  life  more  vibrant,  accessible  and  under- 
standable. Its  Minority  Arts  Administration  Fellowships 
program  began  in  1989  with  support  from  the  NEA  and 
several  private  foundations,  making  it  possible  for  arts 
administrators  from  African  American,  Asian  American, 
Latino  and  Native  American  communities  to  enhance 
their  management  and  development  skills  through  resi- 
dencies at  cultural  institutions  throughout  the  United 
States. 

Arts  Midwest's  Cultural  Development  pro- 
gram began  in  1991  with  NEA  State  and  Regional  Pro- 
gram support.  Developed  to  address  the  needs  of  arts 
presenters  and  organizations  in  African  American,  Asian 
American,  Latino  and  Native  American  communities, 
the  first  component  included  the  formation  of  the  Mid- 
west Ctiltural  Network.  This  group  of  1 2  culturally 
grounded  arts  presenters  from  the  target  communities 
share  expertise  and  serve  as  project  advisors  to  Arts  Mid- 
west. The  second  component,  the  Cultural  Development 
Fund,  invests  in  projects  to  strengthen  the  artistic  and 


> 

Q- 

9- 
o' 

3 
Q_ 

CO 

3" 
3" 

Q 

Q_ 

TO 
(D 
CQ 

o' 

3 
Q 


> 

CQ 

(D 

3 

O 
>< 


^ 


n 

<D_ 
(D 

u- 

Q 

5' 

CO 

> 

3 

(D 

n 

n 

c 
c" 

—1 
Q 


^ 


managerial  capabilities  of  organizations  rooted  in  these 
communities. 

In  April  1993  Arts  Midwest  convened  the 
Cultural  Dialogue  Conference  in  Milwaukee,  bringing 
together  more  than  200  arts  and  cultural  workers  from 
the  participating  communities  to  address  issues  such  as 
advocacy,  equity  in  funding,  and  the  responsibilities  of 
artists  and  organizations  to  their  communities.  Publica- 
tion of  a  Midwest  Cultural  Agenda  will  document  the 
conference.  NEA  funds  were  used  to  leverage  additional 
support  from  private  foundations  for  this  event. 

Arts  Midwest,  based  in  Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  is  a  consortium  of  the 
state  arts  agencies  of  Illinois,  Indiana,  Iowa,  Michigan,  Minnesota, 
North  Dakota,  Ohio,  South  Dakota  and  Wisconsin. 

#  Consortium  for  Pacific  Arts  and  Cultures 
(CPAC) 

CPAC's  long-term  mission  emphasizes  promoting  the 
traditional  cultures  of  the  Pacific,  and  promoting  and  en- 
couraging the  exchange  of  traditional  and  contemporary 
art  forms.  Programming  priority  is  given  to  the  native 
and  ethnic  cultures  of  each  region.  The  populations  in 
the  islands  of  the  CPAC  region  are  Polynesian  and 
Micronesian  (predominantly  Samoan,  Chamorro  and 
Carolinian).  Interesting  and  culturally  diverse  projects 
have  resulted  from  introducing  Western  genres  to  the  is- 
lands (a  different  twist  on  cultural  diversity). 

As  such,  CPAC  brought  a  bluegrass  band  to 
all  three  of  its  member  territories,  including  the  tiny  is- 
lands of  Rota  and  Tinian  in  the  Northern  Marianas. 
This  was  the  islands'  first  exposure  to  bluegrass.  In  addi- 
tion CPAC  has  co-sponsored  the  Missoula  Children's 
Theatre  for  projects  in  Guam,  the  Marianas  and  Ameri- 
can Samoa.  CPAC  is  also  launching  an  arts  in  education 
exhibit  for  grades  K-6.  The  theme  is  "Myself,  My  Island, 
My  Home,"  and  it  is  for  children  of  the  islands  to  com- 


pare their  thoughts  and  motifs  with  those  of  their  coun- 
terparts on  other  islands. 

A  workshop  on  Hawaiian  quilting  has  just 
completed  its  third  year  of  residence  in  American  Samoa, 
with  a  fourth  being  planned  for  next  year.  While  Samoa 
once  had  a  quilting  tradition  of  its  own  (from  missionary 
days)  it  has  been  lost  over  time.  The  introduction  of  Ha- 
waiian quilting,  which  was  also  learned  from  the  mis- 
sionaries in  the  early  nineteenth  century  and  adapted  by 
the  Hawaiians,  has  spawned  a  "new"  art  form.  The  Sa- 
moan men  and  women  have  already  adapted  the  style  in 
unique  Samoan  ways. 

The  Consortium  for  Pacific  Arts  and  Cultures,  based  in  Honolulu,  Ha- 
waii, is  a  re^onal  organization  of  the  state  arts  agencies  of  American 
Samoa,  Guam  and  the  Northern  Mariana  Islands. 

#  Mid-America  Arts  Alliance  (M-AAA) 

Mid-America  Arts  Alliance  has  committed  its  leadership 
and  program  funds  to  embracing  cultural  diversity  as  an 
integral  part  of  its  mission  and  its  fliture  development. 
NEA  support  in  1984  helped  launch  M-AAA's  special 
initiatives  for  the  presentation  of  culturally  diverse  work 
throughout  the  region.  In  1989  an  NEA  Challenge 
Grant  enabled  M-AAA  to  continue  expanding  and  ad- 
justing the  focus  of  its  initiatives  devoted  to  cultural  di- 
versity. ExhibitsUSA,  a  national  division  of  Mid- America 
Arts  Alliance,  has  developed  traveling  visual  arts  exhibi- 
tions featuring  work  of  contemporary  artists  of  color. 

M-AAA's  current  program  in  the  performing 
arts.  New  POP  (New  Presenting  Opportunities),  is  a 
consolidation  of  the  organization's  past  decade  of  work 
and  experience.  New  POP  projects  include  the  commis- 
sioning of  a  music,  dance  and  video  piece  that  addressed 
the  decline  and  rebuilding  of  an  inner-city  Houston 
neighborhood;  marketing  assistance  for  touring  by  St. 
Louis  Black  Repertory  Theatre;  and  commissioning  and 


marketing  assistance  to  emerging  artists  of  color,  such  as 
Teatro  Hispano  de  Dallas  (Teatro  Dallas). 

Mid-America  7\rts  Alliance  cultivates  new  re- 
lationships and  fosters  risk  taking  with  a  proactive  ap- 
proach to  issues  of  cultural  diversity  in  its  region.  With 
an  emphasis  on  providing  access  to  culturally  relevant 
arts  programming  through  educational  activities,  work- 
shops and  artists'  residencies,  M-AAA  performing  and  vi- 
sual arts  programs  provide  contextual  frameworks  that 
encourage  all  viewers  to  experience  the  arts. 

Mid-America  Arts  Alliance,  based  in  Kansas  City,  Missouri,  is  a  re- 
gional consortium  of  the  state  arts  agencies  of  Arkansas,  Karuas,  Mis- 
souri, Nebraska,  Oklahoma  and  Texas. 

#  Mid  Atlantic  Arts  Foundation  (MAAF) 

The  mission  of  the  Mid  Adantic  Arts  Foundation  is  to 
promote  the  sharing  of  the  region's  arts  resources,  par- 
ticularly in  underserved  rural  and  culturally  diverse  com- 
munities. The  Mid  Adantic  Arts  Foundation's  Jazz  Pro- 
gram was  created  in  1991  to  strengthen  jazz  in  all  of  its 
forms,  from  the  traditional  to  the  experimental,  and  to 
help  bring  jazz  to  the  region's  audiences.  With  initial 
frinding  from  the  NEA  State  and  Regional  Program,  the 
program  supports  a  network  of  jazz  presenters,  selected 
for  their  ability  to  work  cooperatively  with  other  present- 
ers and  to  reach  their  own  communities  through  out- 
reach activities.  Network  participants  receive  project  sup- 
port and  attend  meetings  where  they  can  exchange 
information  on  techniques  for  building  new  audiences, 
marketing  the  work  of  emerging  artists,  organizing 
block-booked  tours  and  creating  successful  residency  and 
educational  activities. 

Through  the  Jazz  Program,  travel  subsidies 
are  also  made  available  to  organizations  to  defray  the  cost 
of  attending  professional  development  activities  such  as 
conferences,  workshops,  showcases  and  festivals.  Addi- 


tionally, a  computerized  directory  of  jazz  organizations 
was  developed  and  information  regarding  jazz  activities 
in  the  region  is  sent  to  presenters  through  tour  update 
mailings  and  articles  in  Mid  Atlantic  Arts  Foundation's 
newsletter  ARTS  7;^^. 

The  Mid  Atlantic  Arts  Foundation,  based  in  Baltimore,  Maryland,  is  a 
regional  consortium  of  the  state  arts  agencies  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
Delaware,  Maryland,  New  Jersey,  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Virginia, 
the  Virgin  Islands  and  West  Virginia. 

#  Southern  Arts  Federation  (SAF) 

Cultural  diversity  is  integral  to  the  mission  and  goals  of 
the  Southern  Arts  Federation,  and  is  fiindamental  to  all 
its  programs  and  projects.  Multiculturalism  is  included  as 
one  of  four  board-endorsed  agency  priorities  and  is  inte- 
grated into  the  agency's  goals  and  objectives.  These  ob- 
jectives provide  the  parameters  for  the  development  of 
each  program's  long-range  plans.  Furthermore,  SAF  staff, 
board,  advisory  committees  and  grant  panels  are  all  struc- 
tured to  reflect  the  breadth  of  cultural  perspectives  that 
comprise  the  South. 

A  representative  sample  of  SAF  program  ini- 
tiatives includes:  the  development  of  a  technical  assis- 
tance project  focusing  on  underserved  presenters  in  con- 
junction with  the  1993  Southern  Arts  Exchange  booking 
conference,  which  will  include  culturally  diverse  present- 
ers from  across  the  region;  the  development  of  a  series  of 
"musical  roots"  tours,  the  most  recent  titled  "Bluegrass, 
Blues  and  Bembe,"  designed  to  provide  presenters  and 
audiences  with  artistically  excellent  samples  of  the  diverse 
musical  heritage  of  the  South;  and  SAP's  quarterly  jazz 
radio  show,  "JazzSouth,"  now  carried  on  more  than  90 
radio  stations  across  the  region,  providing  a  unique  op- 
portunity for  the  expansion  and  education  of  jazz  audi- 
ences and  the  celebration  of  an  important  component  of 
the  African  American  cultural  heritage  of  the  South. 


> 

Q_ 

9- 
o 

Q_ 
CO 

3" 

Q 

Q_ 

TO 
(D 

(n 
o 

3 
Q 


(D 

3 
O 


> 

3 

(D 

n' 


The  Southern  Arts  Federation,  based  in  Atlanta,  Georgia,  is  a  regional 
consortium  of  the  state  arts  agencies  of  Alabama,  Florida,  Georgia,  Ken- 
tucky, Louisiana,  Mississippi,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina  and 
Tennessee. 


Western  States  Arts  Federation 
(WESTAF) 

The  Western  States  Arts  Federation  has  historically  de- 
termined that  one  of  its  greatest  opportunities  is  to  assist 
developing  arts  among  diverse  ethnic  groups  and  one  of 
its  greatest  challenges  is  to  ensure  wider  representation  of 
the  varied  cultural  and  ethnic  populations  and  artists.  A 
recent  report  issued  by  the  Western  Office  of  the  Coun- 
cil of  State  Governments  acknowledges  that  the  region 
served  by  WESTAF  is  "the  most  racially  and  ethnically 
diverse  and  is  likely  to  become  more  so." 

WESTAF's  planning  has  recently  begun  with 
the  reconfiguration  of  its  governance  structure,  which  en- 
courages cultural  diversity  on  its  Board  of  Trustees.  Dur- 
ing the  past  year,  WESTAF  has  initiated  a  Regional  Folk 
Arts  program;  developed  a  component  for  presenting  lit- 
^  erature  in  underserved  communities  in  the  West  (initially 

(T  funded  by  the  NEA);  increased  its  jazz  programming 

B  throughout  the  region;  and  rewritten  guidelines  in  its 

m  core  (performing  arts)  programs  favoring  rural,  under- 

served  and  culturally  diverse  artists  and  works  funded 
through  the  NEA  Presenting  and  Commissioning  Pro- 
gram. Additionally,  new  programs  enhancing  profes- 
P  sional  development  and  technical  assistance  ensure  access 

%  to  emerging  and  diverse  arts  groups  and  constituents. 


C7  The  Western  States  Arts  Federation,  based  in  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  is 

®  a  regional  consortium  of  the  state  arts  agencies  of  Alaska,  Arizona,  Cali- 

^  fomia,  Colorado,  Idaho,  Montana,  New  Mexico,  Nevada,  Oregon, 

Utah,  Washington  and  Wyoming. 


■\,'"'j'. :«! 


■I  ' 
f 


*: 


t-iTTTi-''    ""IV:   '      If,.      li^ 
■i"  '  i<  i.iul  1 i»  "m./ifS' 

J*  t    t*«i~'^  1  ■  if  I  'k 


r*: 


i:!^' 


■■::;•• -ty. 


^!;^«rft.-.n.-.: 


National  Assembly  of  State  Arts  Agencies 

1 01 0  Vermont  Avenue,  NW,  Suite  920,  Washington,  DC  20005 

202-347-6352  FAX  202-737-0526